parent
							
								
									6a10d6b465
								
							
						
					
					
						commit
						032a83e9e1
					
				| @ -0,0 +1,176 @@ | |||||||
|  | Instructions for converting the LUFA USBtoSerial Demo to an AVR ISP Programmer. | ||||||
|  | By Opendous Inc., Copyright under the Creative Commons Attribution License: | ||||||
|  | http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 1) Start with the LUFA/Demos/USBtoSerial firmware. | ||||||
|  |     - rename USBtoSerial.c, USBtoSerial.h, and USBtoSerial.aps to | ||||||
|  |       AVRISP_Programmer.* | ||||||
|  |     - edit AVRISP_Programmer.aps and rename all instances of "USBtoSerial" to | ||||||
|  |       "AVRISP_Programmer" | ||||||
|  |     - copy AVRISP_Programmer.txt from an older version of AVRISP_Programmer | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 2) Edit makefile by changing TARGET from "USBtoSerial" to "AVRISP_Programmer" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 3) Edit AVRISP_Programmer.h: | ||||||
|  |     - change ifdef _USB_TO_SERIAL_H to _AVRISP_PROGRAMMER_H_ | ||||||
|  |     - rename ReconfigureUSART(void) to ReconfigureSPI(void) | ||||||
|  |     - add  void processHostSPIRequest(void);  &  void delay_ms(uint8_t dly); | ||||||
|  |     - replace the define for Serial.h with one for SPI.h: | ||||||
|  |       #include <libs/LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/SPI.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 4) Make alterations to Descriptors.c | ||||||
|  |     - change manufacturer string to "www.AVRopendous.org", length=19 | ||||||
|  |     - change product string to "LUFA-Based AVR ISP Programmer", length=29 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 5) Edit Ringbuff.h to enable the Peek Command:  #define BUFF_USEPEEK | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 6) Edit AVRISP_Programmer.c: | ||||||
|  |     - change #include "USBtoSerial.h"  to  #include "AVRISP_Programmer.h" | ||||||
|  |     - change BUTTLOADTAG(ProjName to "LUFA AVR910 ISP Programmer" | ||||||
|  |     - in main(), rename ReconfigureUSART() to Reconfigure(); | ||||||
|  |     - in EVENT_HANDLER(USB_UnhandledControlPacket), rename ReconfigureUSART | ||||||
|  |     - delete the ISRs: ISR(USART1_RX_vect)  &  ISR(USART1_TX_vect) | ||||||
|  |     - delete ReconfigureUSART(void) | ||||||
|  |     - add  void ReconfigureSPI(void),  void processHostSPIRequest(void), | ||||||
|  |       and  void delay_ms(uint8_t dly)  from a previous version | ||||||
|  |     - add Timer1 and SPI initialization code to main(): | ||||||
|  | 	    /* Hardware Initialization */ | ||||||
|  | 	    //LEDs_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 	    DDRB = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	    PORTB = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	    DDRC |= ((1 << PC2) | (1 << PC4) | (1 << PC5) | (1 << PC6) | (1 << PC7)); //AT90USBxx2 | ||||||
|  | 	    // PC2 is also used for RESET, so set it HIGH initially - note 'P' command sets it to LOW (Active) | ||||||
|  | 	    PORTC |= ((1 << PC2) | (1 << PC4) | (1 << PC5) | (1 << PC6) | (1 << PC7)); //AT90USBxx2 | ||||||
|  | 	    DDRD = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	    PORTD = (1 << PB7); // only PB7(HWB) should be High as this is the bootloader pin | ||||||
|  | 	    // Prepare PortB for SPI - set PB0(^SS), PB1(SCK), PB2(MOSI) as output as well as all other pins except PB3(MISO) | ||||||
|  | 	    DDRB = (1 << PB0) | (1 << PB1) | (1 << PB2) | (0 << PB3) | (1 << PB4) | (1 << PB5) | (1 << PB6) | (1 << PB7); | ||||||
|  | 	    PORTB |= (1 << PB0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	    // initialize Timer1 for use in delay function | ||||||
|  | 	    TCCR1A = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	    //TCCR1B = (1 << CS10); // no prescaling, use CLK | ||||||
|  | 	    TCCR1B = ((1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10)); // prescale by CLK/1024 | ||||||
|  | 	    // 8MHz/1024 = 7813 ticks per second --> ~8 ticks per millisecond (ms) | ||||||
|  | 	    timerval = TCNT1; // start timer1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     - In TASK(CDC_Task) in the | ||||||
|  |         if (USB_IsConnected) { | ||||||
|  |             if (Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()) { | ||||||
|  |                 while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()) { | ||||||
|  |                     ... | ||||||
|  |       structure, after  Buffer_StoreElement(&Rx_Buffer, Endpoint_Read_Byte()): | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |         /* Each time there is an element, check which comand should be | ||||||
|  | 	        run and if enough data is available to run that command. | ||||||
|  | 	        There are 1-byte, 2-byte, 3-byte, 4-byte commands, and 5-byte commands | ||||||
|  | 	        Remember that the "which command" byte counts as 1 */ | ||||||
|  |         if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 0) { | ||||||
|  | 	        // do nothing, wait for data | ||||||
|  |         } else { | ||||||
|  | 	        tempByte = Buffer_PeekElement(&Rx_Buffer); // peek at first element | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		        /* make sure the issued command and associated data are all ready */ | ||||||
|  | 	        if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 1) { // zero data byte command | ||||||
|  | 		        if ((tempByte == 'P') | (tempByte == 'a') | (tempByte == 'm') | | ||||||
|  | 		        (tempByte == 'R') | (tempByte == 'd') | (tempByte == 'e') | | ||||||
|  | 		        (tempByte == 'L') | (tempByte == 's') | (tempByte == 't') |  | ||||||
|  | 		        (tempByte == 'S') | (tempByte == 'V') | (tempByte == 'v') | | ||||||
|  | 		        (tempByte == 'p') | (tempByte == 'F')) { | ||||||
|  |             	processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it | ||||||
|  | 		        } | ||||||
|  | 	        } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 2) { // one data byte command | ||||||
|  | 		        if ((tempByte == 'T') | (tempByte == 'c') | (tempByte == 'C') | | ||||||
|  | 			        (tempByte == 'D') | (tempByte == 'l') | (tempByte == 'f') | | ||||||
|  | 			        (tempByte == 'x') | (tempByte == 'y')) { | ||||||
|  | 			        processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it | ||||||
|  | 		        } | ||||||
|  | 	        } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 3) { // two data byte command | ||||||
|  | 		        if ((tempByte == 'A') | (tempByte == 'Z')) { | ||||||
|  | 			        processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it | ||||||
|  | 		        } | ||||||
|  | 	        } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 4) { // three data byte command | ||||||
|  | 		        if ((tempByte == ':')) { | ||||||
|  |             	processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it | ||||||
|  | 		        } | ||||||
|  | 	        } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 5) { // four data byte command | ||||||
|  | 		        if ((tempByte == '.')) { | ||||||
|  | 			        processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it | ||||||
|  | 		        } | ||||||
|  | 	        } else { | ||||||
|  | 		        // do nothing | ||||||
|  | 	        } | ||||||
|  |         } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     - need to add code to flush the buffer.  Change: | ||||||
|  |         /* Check if Rx buffer contains data */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Rx_Buffer.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Initiate the transmission of the buffer contents if USART idle*/ | ||||||
|  | 			if (!(Transmitting)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				Transmitting = true; | ||||||
|  | 				Serial_TxByte(Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer)); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  |       To: | ||||||
|  |         /* Check if Rx buffer contains data */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Rx_Buffer.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Initiate the transmission of the buffer contents if USART idle*/ | ||||||
|  | 			if (!(Transmitting)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				Transmitting = true; | ||||||
|  | 				/* The following flushes the receive buffer to prepare for new | ||||||
|  |                    data and commands. Need to flush the buffer as the command | ||||||
|  |                    byte which is peeked above needs to be dealt with, otherwise | ||||||
|  |                    the command bytes will overflow the buffer eventually */ | ||||||
|  | 				//Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // also works | ||||||
|  | 				Buffer_Initialize(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     - need to add the following defines and globals: | ||||||
|  |         #define RESETPORT       PORTB | ||||||
|  |         #define RESETPIN        PB0 | ||||||
|  |         #define RESETPORT2      PORTC | ||||||
|  |         #define RESETPIN2       PC2 | ||||||
|  |         #define CR_HEX          '\r' | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |         #define DELAY_VERYSHORT    0x01 | ||||||
|  |         #define DELAY_SHORT        0x02 | ||||||
|  |         #define DELAY_MEDIUM       0x03 | ||||||
|  |         #define DELAY_LONG         0x05 | ||||||
|  |         #define DELAY_MULTIPLE     0x04 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |         /*  AVR Device Codes - Can have a maximum of 14 but can be any you want. | ||||||
|  |             Note that these are completely irrelevent.  If AVRdude supports a | ||||||
|  |             device, then that device is programmable.  Use -F switch to ignore | ||||||
|  |             device codes. */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE01	0x55 /* ATtiny12 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE02	0x56 /* ATtiny15 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE03	0x5E /* ATtiny261 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE04	0x76 /* ATmega8 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE05	0x74 /* ATmega16 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE06	0x72 /* ATmega32 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE07	0x45 /* ATmega64 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE08	0x74 /* ATmega644 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE09	0x43 /* ATmega128 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE10	0x63 /* ATmega162 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE11	0x78 /* ATmega169 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE12	0x6C /* AT90S4434 */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE13	0x38 /* AT90S8515A */ | ||||||
|  |         #define AVRDEVCODE14	0x65 /* AT90S8555 */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |         /* some global variables used throughout */ | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t tempIOreg = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t tempIOreg2 = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t tempIOreg3 = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t tempIOreg4 = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t dataWidth = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t firstRun = 1; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t deviceCode = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint8_t tempByte = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint16_t currAddress = 0; | ||||||
|  |         uint16_t timerval = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1 @@ | |||||||
|  | <AVRStudio><MANAGEMENT><ProjectName>AVRISP_Programmer</ProjectName><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:18:39</Created><LastEdit>30-Sep-2008 14:18:52</LastEdit><ICON>241</ICON><ProjectType>0</ProjectType><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:18:39</Created><Version>4</Version><Build>4, 14, 0, 589</Build><ProjectTypeName>AVR GCC</ProjectTypeName></MANAGEMENT><CODE_CREATION><ObjectFile></ObjectFile><EntryFile></EntryFile><SaveFolder>C:\Users\Dean\Documents\Electronics\Projects\WORK\MyUSBWORK\Demos\AVRISP_Programmer\</SaveFolder></CODE_CREATION><DEBUG_TARGET><CURRENT_TARGET></CURRENT_TARGET><CURRENT_PART></CURRENT_PART><BREAKPOINTS></BREAKPOINTS><IO_EXPAND><HIDE>false</HIDE></IO_EXPAND><REGISTERNAMES><Register>R00</Register><Register>R01</Register><Register>R02</Register><Register>R03</Register><Register>R04</Register><Register>R05</Register><Register>R06</Register><Register>R07</Register><Register>R08</Register><Register>R09</Register><Register>R10</Register><Register>R11</Register><Register>R12</Register><Register>R13</Register><Register>R14</Register><Register>R15</Register><Register>R16</Register><Register>R17</Register><Register>R18</Register><Register>R19</Register><Register>R20</Register><Register>R21</Register><Register>R22</Register><Register>R23</Register><Register>R24</Register><Register>R25</Register><Register>R26</Register><Register>R27</Register><Register>R28</Register><Register>R29</Register><Register>R30</Register><Register>R31</Register></REGISTERNAMES><COM>Auto</COM><COMType>0</COMType><WATCHNUM>0</WATCHNUM><WATCHNAMES><Pane0></Pane0><Pane1></Pane1><Pane2></Pane2><Pane3></Pane3></WATCHNAMES><BreakOnTrcaeFull>0</BreakOnTrcaeFull></DEBUG_TARGET><Debugger><Triggers></Triggers></Debugger><AVRGCCPLUGIN><FILES><SOURCEFILE>Descriptors.c</SOURCEFILE><SOURCEFILE>RingBuff.c</SOURCEFILE><SOURCEFILE>AVRISP_Programmer.c</SOURCEFILE><HEADERFILE>Descriptors.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>RingBuff.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>AVRISP_Programmer.h</HEADERFILE><OTHERFILE>makefile</OTHERFILE></FILES><CONFIGS><CONFIG><NAME>default</NAME><USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE>YES</USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE><EXTERNALMAKEFILE>makefile</EXTERNALMAKEFILE><PART>atmega128</PART><HEX>1</HEX><LIST>1</LIST><MAP>1</MAP><OUTPUTFILENAME>AVRISP_Programmer.elf</OUTPUTFILENAME><OUTPUTDIR>default\</OUTPUTDIR><ISDIRTY>1</ISDIRTY><OPTIONS/><INCDIRS/><LIBDIRS/><LIBS/><LINKOBJECTS/><OPTIONSFORALL>-Wall -gdwarf-2 -std=gnu99 -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums</OPTIONSFORALL><LINKEROPTIONS></LINKEROPTIONS><SEGMENTS/></CONFIG></CONFIGS><LASTCONFIG>default</LASTCONFIG><USES_WINAVR>1</USES_WINAVR><GCC_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\bin\avr-gcc.exe</GCC_LOC><MAKE_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\utils\bin\make.exe</MAKE_LOC></AVRGCCPLUGIN><IOView><usergroups/><sort sorted="0" column="0" ordername="0" orderaddress="0" ordergroup="0"/></IOView><Files></Files><Events><Bookmarks></Bookmarks></Events><Trace><Filters></Filters></Trace></AVRStudio> | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,886 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   AVR ISP Programmer code Copyright 2009  Opendous Inc. (www.opendous.org) | ||||||
|  |   For more info and usage instructions for this firmware, visit: | ||||||
|  |   http://code.google.com/p/avropendous/wiki/AVR_ISP_Programmer
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Note that this firmware is designed to work with AVRdude: | ||||||
|  |   http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude
 | ||||||
|  |   But should work with other software that supports the AVR910 ISP | ||||||
|  |   programmer or STK200 hardware. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |     Usage: | ||||||
|  |      avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -c avr910 -p t261 | ||||||
|  |        Note -F flag which overrides signature check and enables programming | ||||||
|  |        of any "In-System Programmable via SPI Port" AVR MCU.  Part number, | ||||||
|  |        t261, should be set to your target device. | ||||||
|  |      avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -c avr910 -p t261 -U flash:w:PROG.hex | ||||||
|  |        PROG.hex is the hex file to program your t261 AVR with | ||||||
|  |      avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -b 115200 -c avr910 -p t261 -U flash:w:test.hex | ||||||
|  |        The -b 115200 sets the SPI clock to 62.5kHz from the default 125kHz and may | ||||||
|  |        work when the default programming speed fails. | ||||||
|  |      AVROSP.exe -dATtiny261 -cCOM7 -rf | ||||||
|  |        AVRosp is the Open Source AVR ISP Programming Software available from Atmel.com | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     Note: on Linux systems, COM7 should be replaced with someting like /dev/ttyACM0 | ||||||
|  |           You can determine this value by running dmesg after plugging in the device | ||||||
|  |     Note: you must RESET the programmer after each use (AVRdude session). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     Note: If you experience errors with older devices, try changing the DELAY defines | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     MISO, MOSI, and SCK are connected directly from the AVRopendous board | ||||||
|  |     to the pin of the same functionality on the target.  RESET pin on the target | ||||||
|  |     can be connected either to SS (PB0), or PC2.  Do not have any other pins | ||||||
|  |     connected - especially HWB pin, to avoid unintentional behaviour. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     AVR910 functionality was overlayed on USBtoSerial  functionality. | ||||||
|  |     Keep this in mind when looking over the code. | ||||||
|  |     Default target speed is 125kHz and corresponds to 19200 baud, which | ||||||
|  |     is the default setting for AVRdude. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |     Changing "Baud-Rate" will change the SPI speed.  Defualt SPI clock speed | ||||||
|  |     is 8Mhz / 4 = 2MHz.  8Mhz is the device clock speed.  This is the setting at | ||||||
|  |     9600 baud.  The following is a table of baud-rate vs. SPI Speed that will result | ||||||
|  |          9600 = 2Mhz | ||||||
|  |          14400 = 1MHz | ||||||
|  |          19200 = 125kHz (AVRdude Default) | ||||||
|  |          38400 = 250kHz | ||||||
|  |          57600 = 500kHz | ||||||
|  |          115200 = 62.5kHz | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	Before running, you will need to install the INF file that | ||||||
|  | 	is located in the project directory. This will enable | ||||||
|  | 	Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need | ||||||
|  | 	for special Windows drivers for the device. To install, | ||||||
|  | 	right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*	TODO: - fix the requirement that a RESET must be performed after each session, which
 | ||||||
|  |             is only an issue under Windows.  Everything works fine under Linux | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #include "AVRISP_Programmer.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Project Tags, for reading out using the ButtLoad project */ | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(ProjName,    "LUFA AVR910 ISP Programmer"); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(BuildTime,   __TIME__); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(BuildDate,   __DATE__); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(LUFAVersion, "LUFA V" LUFA_VERSION_STRING); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #define RESETPORT       PORTB | ||||||
|  | #define RESETPIN        PB0 | ||||||
|  | #define RESETPORT2      PORTC | ||||||
|  | #define RESETPIN2       PC2 | ||||||
|  | #define CR_HEX          '\r' | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #define DELAY_VERYSHORT    0x01 | ||||||
|  | #define DELAY_SHORT        0x02 | ||||||
|  | #define DELAY_MEDIUM       0x03 | ||||||
|  | #define DELAY_LONG         0x05 | ||||||
|  | #define DELAY_MULTIPLE     0x02 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*  AVR Device Codes - Can have a maximum of 14 but can be any you want.
 | ||||||
|  |     Note that these are completely irrelevent.  If AVRdude supports a device, | ||||||
|  |     then that device is programmable.  Use -F switch to ignore device codes. */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE01	0x55 /* ATtiny12 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE02	0x56 /* ATtiny15 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE03	0x5E /* ATtiny261 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE04	0x76 /* ATmega8 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE05	0x74 /*ATmega16 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE06	0x72 /* ATmega32 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE07	0x45 /* ATmega64 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE08	0x74 /* ATmega644 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE09	0x43 /* ATmega128 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE10	0x63 /* ATmega162 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE11	0x78 /* ATmega169 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE12	0x6C /* AT90S4434 */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE13	0x38 /* AT90S8515A */ | ||||||
|  | #define AVRDEVCODE14	0x65 /* AT90S8555 */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Scheduler Task List */ | ||||||
|  | TASK_LIST | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	{ Task: USB_USBTask          , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP }, | ||||||
|  | 	{ Task: CDC_Task             , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP }, | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Globals: */ | ||||||
|  | /** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port.
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |     These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, and the physical USART should be reconfigured to match the | ||||||
|  |     new settings each time they are changed by the host. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | CDC_Line_Coding_t LineCoding = { BaudRateBPS: 9600, | ||||||
|  |                                  CharFormat:  OneStopBit, | ||||||
|  |                                  ParityType:  Parity_None, | ||||||
|  |                                  DataBits:    8            }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Ring (circular) buffer to hold the RX data - data from the host to the attached device on the serial port. */ | ||||||
|  | RingBuff_t Rx_Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Ring (circular) buffer to hold the TX data - data from the attached device on the serial port to the host. */ | ||||||
|  | RingBuff_t Tx_Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently transmitting data from the Rx_Buffer circular buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | volatile bool Transmitting = false; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* some global variables used throughout */ | ||||||
|  | uint8_t tempIOreg = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t tempIOreg2 = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t tempIOreg3 = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t tempIOreg4 = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t dataWidth = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t firstRun = 1; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t deviceCode = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint8_t tempByte = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint16_t currAddress = 0; | ||||||
|  | uint16_t timerval = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
 | ||||||
|  |     starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | int main(void) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ | ||||||
|  | 	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); | ||||||
|  | 	wdt_disable(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Disable Clock Division */ | ||||||
|  | 	SetSystemClockPrescaler(0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Hardware Initialization */ | ||||||
|  | 	LEDs_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 	ReconfigureSPI(); | ||||||
|  |     // prepare PortB
 | ||||||
|  | 	DDRB = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	PORTB = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	DDRC |= ((1 << PC2) | (1 << PC4) | (1 << PC5) | (1 << PC6) | (1 << PC7)); //AT90USBxx2
 | ||||||
|  | 	// PC2 is also used for RESET, so set it HIGH initially - note 'P' command sets it to LOW (Active)
 | ||||||
|  | 	PORTC |= ((1 << PC2) | (1 << PC4) | (1 << PC5) | (1 << PC6) | (1 << PC7)); //AT90USBxx2
 | ||||||
|  | 	DDRD = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	PORTD = (1 << PB7); // only PB7(HWB) should be High as this is the bootloader pin
 | ||||||
|  | 	// Prepare PortB for SPI - set PB0(^SS), PB1(SCK), PB2(MOSI) as output as well as all other pins except PB3(MISO)
 | ||||||
|  | 	DDRB = (1 << PB0) | (1 << PB1) | (1 << PB2) | (0 << PB3) | (1 << PB4) | (1 << PB5) | (1 << PB6) | (1 << PB7); | ||||||
|  | 	PORTB |= (1 << PB0); | ||||||
|  |     // make sure DataFlash devices to not interfere - deselect them by setting PE0 and PE1 HIGH:
 | ||||||
|  |     PORTE = 0xFF; | ||||||
|  |     DDRE = 0xFF; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	// initialize Timer1 for use in delay function
 | ||||||
|  | 	TCCR1A = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	//TCCR1B = (1 << CS10); // no prescaling, use CLK
 | ||||||
|  | 	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10)); // prescale by CLK/1024
 | ||||||
|  | 	// 8MHz/1024 = 7813 ticks per second --> ~8 ticks per millisecond (ms)
 | ||||||
|  | 	timerval = TCNT1; // start timer1
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Ringbuffer Initialization */ | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer_Initialize(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer_Initialize(&Tx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Indicate USB not ready */ | ||||||
|  | 	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */ | ||||||
|  | 	USB_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_Start(); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
 | ||||||
|  |     starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Connect) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Start USB management task */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Indicate USB enumerating */ | ||||||
|  | 	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
 | ||||||
|  |     the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Disconnect) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Stop running CDC and USB management tasks */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(CDC_Task, TASK_STOP); | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Indicate USB not ready */ | ||||||
|  | 	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
 | ||||||
|  |     of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_ConfigurationChanged) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */ | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, | ||||||
|  | 		                       ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 	                           ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, | ||||||
|  | 		                       ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 	                           ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, | ||||||
|  | 		                       ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 	                           ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Indicate USB connected and ready */ | ||||||
|  | 	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Start CDC task */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(CDC_Task, TASK_RUN); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
 | ||||||
|  |     control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands, | ||||||
|  |     which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_UnhandledControlPacket) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t* LineCodingData = (uint8_t*)&LineCoding; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Process CDC specific control requests */ | ||||||
|  | 	switch (bRequest) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_GetLineEncoding: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{	 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Acknowedge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineCodingData, sizeof(LineCoding)); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_SetLineEncoding: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Acknowedge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineCodingData, sizeof(LineCoding)); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Reconfigure the USART with the new settings */ | ||||||
|  | 				ReconfigureSPI(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_SetControlLineState: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | #if 0 | ||||||
|  | 				/* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake
 | ||||||
|  | 				         lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter, and can be masked against the CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks | ||||||
|  | 				         to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code: | ||||||
|  | 				*/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				uint16_t wIndex = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(); | ||||||
|  | 					 | ||||||
|  | 				// Do something with the given line states in wIndex
 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Acknowedge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send an empty packet to acknowedge the command */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Task to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host, from and to the physical USART. */ | ||||||
|  | TASK(CDC_Task) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	if (USB_IsConnected) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | #if 0 | ||||||
|  | 		/* NOTE: Here you can use the notification endpoint to send back line state changes to the host, for the special RS-232
 | ||||||
|  | 				 handshake signal lines (and some error states), via the CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks and the following code: | ||||||
|  | 		*/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		USB_Notification_Header_t Notification = (USB_Notification_Header_t) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				NotificationType: (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), | ||||||
|  | 				Notification:     NOTIF_SerialState, | ||||||
|  | 				wValue:           0, | ||||||
|  | 				wIndex:           0, | ||||||
|  | 				wLength:          sizeof(uint16_t), | ||||||
|  | 			}; | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 		uint16_t LineStateMask; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		// Set LineStateMask here to a mask of CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks to set the input handshake line states to send to the host
 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM); | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification)); | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&LineStateMask, sizeof(LineStateMask)); | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank(); | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		if (Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Read the received data endpoint into the transmission buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Wait until the buffer has space for a new character */ | ||||||
|  | 				while (!((BUFF_STATICSIZE - Rx_Buffer.Elements))); | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Store each character from the endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 				Buffer_StoreElement(&Rx_Buffer, Endpoint_Read_Byte()); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |                 /* Each time there is an element, check which comand should be
 | ||||||
|  | 	                run and if enough data is available to run that command. | ||||||
|  | 	                There are 1-byte, 2-byte, 3-byte, 4-byte commands, and 5-byte commands | ||||||
|  | 	                Remember that the "which command" byte counts as 1 */ | ||||||
|  |                 if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 0) { | ||||||
|  | 	                // do nothing, wait for data
 | ||||||
|  |                 } else { | ||||||
|  | 	                tempByte = Buffer_PeekElement(&Rx_Buffer); // peek at first element
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		                /* make sure the issued command and associated data are all ready */ | ||||||
|  | 	                if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 1) { // zero data byte command
 | ||||||
|  | 		                if ((tempByte == 'P') | (tempByte == 'a') | (tempByte == 'm') | | ||||||
|  | 		                (tempByte == 'R') | (tempByte == 'd') | (tempByte == 'e') | | ||||||
|  | 		                (tempByte == 'L') | (tempByte == 's') | (tempByte == 't') |  | ||||||
|  | 		                (tempByte == 'S') | (tempByte == 'V') | (tempByte == 'v') | | ||||||
|  | 		                (tempByte == 'p') | (tempByte == 'F')) { | ||||||
|  |                     	processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it
 | ||||||
|  | 		                } | ||||||
|  | 	                } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 2) { // one data byte command
 | ||||||
|  | 		                if ((tempByte == 'T') | (tempByte == 'c') | (tempByte == 'C') | | ||||||
|  | 			                (tempByte == 'D') | (tempByte == 'l') | (tempByte == 'f') | | ||||||
|  | 			                (tempByte == 'x') | (tempByte == 'y')) { | ||||||
|  | 			                processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it
 | ||||||
|  | 		                } | ||||||
|  | 	                } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 3) { // two data byte command
 | ||||||
|  | 		                if ((tempByte == 'A') | (tempByte == 'Z')) { | ||||||
|  | 			                processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it
 | ||||||
|  | 		                } | ||||||
|  | 	                } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 4) { // three data byte command
 | ||||||
|  | 		                if ((tempByte == ':')) { | ||||||
|  |                     	processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it
 | ||||||
|  | 		                } | ||||||
|  | 	                } else if (Rx_Buffer.Elements == 5) { // four data byte command
 | ||||||
|  | 		                if ((tempByte == '.')) { | ||||||
|  | 			                processHostSPIRequest(); // command has enough data, process it
 | ||||||
|  | 		                } | ||||||
|  | 	                } else { | ||||||
|  | 		                // do nothing
 | ||||||
|  | 	                } | ||||||
|  |                 } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Clear the endpoint buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank(); | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Check if Rx buffer contains data */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Rx_Buffer.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Initiate the transmission of the buffer contents if USART idle */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (!(Transmitting)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				Transmitting = true; | ||||||
|  | 				/* The following flushes the receive buffer to prepare for new data and commands */ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Need to flush the buffer as the command byte which is peeked above needs to be */ | ||||||
|  | 				/*  dealt with, otherwise the command bytes will overflow the buffer eventually */ | ||||||
|  | 				//Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // works also
 | ||||||
|  | 				Buffer_Initialize(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Check if the Tx buffer contains anything to be sent to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Tx_Buffer.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Wait until Serial Tx Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ | ||||||
|  | 			while (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed())); | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Check before sending the data if the endpoint is completely full */ | ||||||
|  | 			bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE); | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Write the transmission buffer contents to the received data endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 			while (Tx_Buffer.Elements && (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() < CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE)) | ||||||
|  | 			  Endpoint_Write_Byte(Buffer_GetElement(&Tx_Buffer)); | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Send the data */ | ||||||
|  | 			Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			/* If a full endpoint was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to terminate the transfer */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (IsFull) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Wait until Serial Tx Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ | ||||||
|  | 				while (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed())); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send an empty packet to terminate the transfer */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
 | ||||||
|  |     log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |     \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the USBtoSerial_StatusCodes_t enum | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ | ||||||
|  | 	switch (CurrentStatus) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		case Status_USBNotReady: | ||||||
|  | 			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case Status_USBEnumerating: | ||||||
|  | 			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case Status_USBReady: | ||||||
|  | 			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ | ||||||
|  | 	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Reconfigures SPI to match the current serial port settings issued by the host. */ | ||||||
|  | void ReconfigureSPI(void) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t SPCRmask = (1 << SPE) | (1 << MSTR); // always enable SPI as Master
 | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t SPSRmask = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Determine data width */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (LineCoding.ParityType == Parity_Odd) { | ||||||
|  | 		dataWidth = 16; | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.ParityType == Parity_Even) { | ||||||
|  | 		dataWidth = 32; | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.ParityType == Parity_None) { | ||||||
|  | 		dataWidth = 8; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Determine stop bits - 1.5 stop bits is set as 1 stop bit due to hardware limitations */ | ||||||
|  | 	/* For SPI, determine whether format is LSB or MSB */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (LineCoding.CharFormat == TwoStopBits) {	 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= (1 << DORD); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.CharFormat == OneStopBit) { | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= (0 << DORD); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Determine data size - 5, 6, 7, or 8 bits are supported */ | ||||||
|  | 	/* Changing line coding changes SPI Mode
 | ||||||
|  | 		CPOL=0, CPHA=0 Sample (Rising) Setup (Falling) SPI-Mode0 == 8 bits line coding | ||||||
|  | 		CPOL=0, CPHA=1 Setup (Rising) Sample (Falling) SPI-Mode1 == 7 bits line coding | ||||||
|  | 		CPOL=1, CPHA=0 Sample (Falling) Setup (Rising) SPI-Mode2 == 6 bits line coding | ||||||
|  | 		CPOL=1, CPHA=1 Setup (Falling) Sample (Rising) SPI-Mode3 == 5 bits line coding | ||||||
|  | 	*/ | ||||||
|  | 	if (LineCoding.DataBits == 5) { | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((1 << CPOL) | (1 << CPHA)); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.DataBits == 6) { | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((1 << CPOL) | (0 << CPHA)); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.DataBits == 7) { | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((0 << CPOL) | (1 << CPHA)); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.DataBits == 8) { | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((0 << CPOL) | (0 << CPHA)); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Set the USART baud rate register to the desired baud rate value */ | ||||||
|  | 	/* also alter the SPI speed via value of baud rate */ | ||||||
|  | 	if        (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 9600) {	// 2Mhz SPI (Fosc / 4)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((0 << SPR1) | (0 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (0 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 14400) {	// 1Mhz SPI (Fosc / 8)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((0 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (1 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 57600) {	// 500kHz SPI (Fosc / 16)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((0 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (0 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 38400) {	// 250kHz SPI (Fosc / 32)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((1 << SPR1) | (0 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (1 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 19200) {	// 125kHz SPI (Fosc / 64)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((1 << SPR1) | (0 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (0 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (LineCoding.BaudRateBPS == 115200) {	// 62.5kHz SPI (Fosc / 128)
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPCRmask |= ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0)); | ||||||
|  | 		SPSRmask |= (0 << SPI2X); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	SPCR = SPCRmask; | ||||||
|  | 	SPSR = SPSRmask; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	// only read if first run
 | ||||||
|  | 	if (firstRun) { | ||||||
|  | 		tempIOreg = SPSR; //need to read to initiliaze
 | ||||||
|  | 		tempIOreg = SPDR; //need to read to initiliaze
 | ||||||
|  | 		firstRun = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* process data according to AVR910 protocol */ | ||||||
|  | void processHostSPIRequest(void) { | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t readByte1 = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t readByte2 = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t readByte3 = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t readByte4 = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t firstByte = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/*	Taken from a90isp_ver23.asm:
 | ||||||
|  | 		+-------------+------------+------+ | ||||||
|  | 		;*  Commands                           | Host writes | Host reads |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;*  --------                           +-----+-------+------+-----+      | | ||||||
|  | 		;*                                     | ID  | data  | data |     | Note | | ||||||
|  | 		;* +-----------------------------------+-----+-------+------+-----+------+ | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Enter programming mode            | 'P' |       |      | 13d |   1  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Report autoincrement address      | 'a' |       | 	    | 'Y' |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Set address                       | 'A' | ah al |      | 13d |   2  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Write program memory, low byte    | 'c' |    dd |      | 13d |   3  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Write program memory, high byte   | 'C' |    dd |      | 13d |   3  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Issue Page Write                  | 'm' |       |      | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Read program memory               | 'R' |       |dd(dd)|     |   4  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Write data memory                 | 'D' |    dd |      | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Read data memory                  | 'd' |       |   dd |     |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Chip erase                        | 'e' |       |      | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Write lock bits                   | 'l' |    dd |      | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Write fuse bits                   | 'f' |    dd |      | 13d |  11  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Read fuse and lock bits           | 'F' |       |   dd |     |  11  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Leave programming mode            | 'L' |       |      | 13d |   5  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Select device type                | 'T' |    dd |      | 13d |   6  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Read signature bytes              | 's' |       | 3*dd |     |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Return supported device codes     | 't' |       | n*dd | 00d |   7  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Return software identifier        | 'S' |       | s[7] |     |   8  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Return sofware version            | 'V' |       |dd dd |     |   9  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Return hardware version           | 'v' |       |dd dd |     |   9  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Return programmer type            | 'p' |       |   dd |     |  10  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Set LED                           | 'x' |    dd |      | 13d |  12  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Clear LED                         | 'y' |    dd |      | 13d |  12  | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Universial command                | ':' |  3*dd |   dd | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | New universal command	           | '.' |  4*dd |   dd | 13d |      | | ||||||
|  | 		;* | Special test command	           | 'Z' |  2*dd |   dd |     |      | | ||||||
|  | 	*/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	firstByte = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer_Initialize(&Tx_Buffer); // make sure the buffer is clear before proceeding
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	if        (firstByte == 'P') { // enter Programming mode
 | ||||||
|  | 		// enable SPI -- already done
 | ||||||
|  | 		// enter programming mode on target:
 | ||||||
|  | 		//PORTB = 0; // set clock to zero
 | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT = (1 << RESETPIN); // set RESET pin on target to 1
 | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT2 = (1 << RESETPIN2); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_SHORT); | ||||||
|  | 		//RESETPORT = (RESETPORT & ~(1 << RESETPIN)); // set RESET pin on target to 0 - Active
 | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT = 0x00; | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT2 = 0; | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_SHORT); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0xAC); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x53); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_VERYSHORT); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'T') { // Select device type
 | ||||||
|  | 		deviceCode = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // set device type
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'a') { // Report autoincrement address
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'Y'); // return 'Y' - Auto-increment enabled
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'A') { //Load Address
 | ||||||
|  | 		// get two bytes over serial and set currAddress to them
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte2 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		currAddress = (readByte1 << 8) | (readByte2); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'c') { // Write program memory, low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x40, then Address High Byte, then Low, then data
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x40); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte1); // data
 | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_MEDIUM); // certain MCUs require a delay of about 24585 cycles
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'C') { // Write program memory, high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x48, then Address High Byte, then Low, then data
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x48); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte1); // data
 | ||||||
|  | 		currAddress++; // increment currAddress
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'm') { // Write Program Memory Page
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x4c, then Address High Byte, then Low, then 0x00
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x4C); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_LONG); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'R') { // Read Program Memory
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x28, then Address High Byte, then Low, then send back read data from 4th byte over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x28); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x20, then Address High Byte, then Low, then send back read data from 4th byte over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x20); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte2 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte2); | ||||||
|  | 		currAddress++; // increment currAddress
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'D') { // Write Data Memory
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0xc0, then Address High Byte, then Low, then data
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0xC0); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte1); // data
 | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_MEDIUM); | ||||||
|  | 		currAddress++; // increment currAddress
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'd') { // Read Data Memory
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0xa0, then Address High Byte, then Low, then send back read data from 4th byte over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0xA0); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress >> 8)); // high byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte((currAddress)); // low byte
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		currAddress++; // increment currAddress
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'e') { // erase the target device
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0xac, 0x80, 0x04, 0x00
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0xAC); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x80); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x04); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_LONG); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'l') { // write lock bits
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0xac, [andi s_data 0x06], 0xe0, 0x00
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); // read in lock bits data
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0xAC); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(((0x06 & readByte1) | 0xE0)); // TODO - is this correct???
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_MEDIUM); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'f') { // write fuse bits
 | ||||||
|  | 		// ignore this command, but need to remove data from the receive buffer
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'L') { // leave programming mode
 | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT |= (1 << RESETPIN); // set RESET pin on target to 1
 | ||||||
|  | 		RESETPORT2 |= (1 << RESETPIN2); // set RESET pin on target to 1
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 's') { // Read signature bytes
 | ||||||
|  | 		// send 4 bytes over SPI; 0x30, 0x00, 0x02, read and send last byte over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x30); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x02); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x30); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x01); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x30); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); // read in data
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 't') { // Return supported device codes
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE01); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE02); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE03); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE04); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE05); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE06); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE07); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE08); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE09); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE10); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE11); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE12); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE13); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, AVRDEVCODE14); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 0x00); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'S') { // Return software identifier
 | ||||||
|  | 		// return string[7] with "AVR ISP"
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'A'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'V'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'R'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 0x20); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'I'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'S'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'P'); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'V') { // Return sofware version
 | ||||||
|  | 		//return two bytes, software Major then Minor
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, '2'); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, '3'); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'v') { // Return hardware version
 | ||||||
|  | 		//return two bytes, hardware Major then Minor	
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, ('1')); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, ('0')); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'p') { // Return programmer type
 | ||||||
|  | 		// return 'S' for Serial Programmer
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, 'S'); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'x') { // set LED
 | ||||||
|  | 		// ignore this command, but need to remove data from the receive buffer
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'y') { // clear LED
 | ||||||
|  | 		// ignore this command, but need to remove data from the receive buffer
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == ':') { // Universal Command
 | ||||||
|  | 		// get 3 bytes over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte2 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte3 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte2); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte3); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(0x00); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_MEDIUM); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == '.') { // New Universal Command
 | ||||||
|  | 		// get 4 bytes over serial
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte2 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte3 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte4 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte2); | ||||||
|  | 		SPI_SendByte(readByte3); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = SPI_TransferByte(readByte4); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, readByte1); | ||||||
|  | 		delay_ms(DELAY_MEDIUM); | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else if (firstByte == 'Z') { // Special test command
 | ||||||
|  | 		// do nothing, but need to remove data from the receive buffer
 | ||||||
|  | 		readByte1 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 		readByte2 = Buffer_GetElement(&Rx_Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	} else { | ||||||
|  | 		// do nothing, but need to return with a carriage return
 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, CR_HEX); // return carriage return (CR_HEX) if successful
 | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | void delay_ms(uint8_t dly) { | ||||||
|  | 	uint16_t endtime = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	endtime = TCNT1; | ||||||
|  | 	if (endtime > 63486) { | ||||||
|  | 		endtime = (dly * DELAY_MULTIPLE); | ||||||
|  | 	} else { | ||||||
|  | 		endtime += (dly * DELAY_MULTIPLE); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	timerval = TCNT1; | ||||||
|  | 	while (timerval < endtime) { | ||||||
|  | 		timerval = TCNT1; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,194 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Header file for USBtoSerial.c. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _AVRISP_PROGRAMMER_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _AVRISP_PROGRAMMER_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/io.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/wdt.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/interrupt.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include "Descriptors.h" | ||||||
|  | 		#include "RingBuff.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                         // Library Version Information | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Common/ButtLoadTag.h>              // PROGMEM tags readable by the ButtLoad project | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                 // USB Functionality | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/SPI.h>          // SPI driver | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>              // LEDs driver | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>             // Simple scheduler for task management | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_GetLineEncoding          0x21 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_SetLineEncoding          0x20 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_SetControlLineState      0x22 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port handshake line states, for
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  use with a USB_Notification_Header_t notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC  | ||||||
|  | 		 *  notification endpoint. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define NOTIF_SerialState            0x20 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR         (1 << 0) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the host, to indicate that theRTS line state should be high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS         (1 << 1) | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD          (1 << 0) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR          (1 << 1) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK        (1 << 2) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING         (1 << 3) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host,
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  to indicate that a framing error has ocurred on the virtual serial port. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR   (1 << 4) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host,
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  to indicate that a parity error has ocurred on the virtual serial port. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR  (1 << 5) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host,
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  to indicate that a data overrun error has ocurred on the virtual serial port. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6) | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Event Handlers: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Connect event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Connect); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Disconnect event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_ConfigurationChanged event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  as set by the host via a class specific request. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
 | ||||||
|  | 			                      *   CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum | ||||||
|  | 			                      */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
 | ||||||
|  | 			                      *   CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum | ||||||
|  | 			                      */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  DataBits; /**< Bits of data per charater of the virtual serial port */ | ||||||
|  | 		} CDC_Line_Coding_t; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for a CDC notification, sent to the host via the CDC notification endpoint to indicate a
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  change in the device state asynchronously. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  NotificationType; /**< Notification type, a mask of REQDIR_*, REQTYPE_* and REQREC_* constants
 | ||||||
|  | 			                            *   from the library StdRequestType.h header | ||||||
|  | 			                            */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  Notification; /**< Notification value, a NOTIF_* constant */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t wValue; /**< Notification wValue, notification-specific */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t wIndex; /**< Notification wIndex, notification-specific */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t wLength; /**< Notification wLength, notification-specific */ | ||||||
|  | 		} USB_Notification_Header_t; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Enums: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */ | ||||||
|  | 		enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			OneStopBit          = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */ | ||||||
|  | 			OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */ | ||||||
|  | 			TwoStopBits         = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */ | ||||||
|  | 		}; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */ | ||||||
|  | 		enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Parity_None         = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */ | ||||||
|  | 			Parity_Odd          = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */ | ||||||
|  | 			Parity_Even         = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */ | ||||||
|  | 			Parity_Mark         = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */ | ||||||
|  | 			Parity_Space        = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */ | ||||||
|  | 		}; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ | ||||||
|  | 		enum USBtoSerial_StatusCodes_t | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Status_USBNotReady    = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB host) */ | ||||||
|  | 			Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ | ||||||
|  | 			Status_USBReady       = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ | ||||||
|  | 		}; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Tasks: */ | ||||||
|  | 		TASK(CDC_Task); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		void ReconfigureSPI(void); | ||||||
|  | 		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); | ||||||
|  | 		void processHostSPIRequest(void); | ||||||
|  | 		void delay_ms(uint8_t dly); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,89 @@ | |||||||
|  | /** \file | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special | ||||||
|  |  *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  |   | ||||||
|  | /** \mainpage AVRISP_Programmer | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Communications Device Class demonstration application. | ||||||
|  |  *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing | ||||||
|  |  *  a USB to Serial converter using the CDC class.  Data communicated | ||||||
|  |  *  over the USB Virtual Serial Port according to Atmel's AVR910 | ||||||
|  |  *  protocol is used to program AVR MCUs that are | ||||||
|  |  *  "In-System Programmable via SPI Port". | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  After running this firmware for the first time on a new computer, | ||||||
|  |  *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo | ||||||
|  |  *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under | ||||||
|  |  *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, | ||||||
|  |  *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other | ||||||
|  |  *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt | ||||||
|  |  *  CDC-ACM drivers. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Usage: | ||||||
|  |  *   avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -c avr910 -p t261 | ||||||
|  |  *     Note -F flag which overrides signature check and enables programming | ||||||
|  |  *     of any "In-System Programmable via SPI Port" AVR MCU.  Part number, | ||||||
|  |  *     t261, should be set to your target device. | ||||||
|  |  *   avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -c avr910 -p t261 -U flash:w:PROG.hex | ||||||
|  |  *     PROG.hex is the hex file to program your t261 AVR with | ||||||
|  |  *   avrdude -vv -F -P COM7 -b 115200 -c avr910 -p t261 -U flash:w:test.hex | ||||||
|  |  *     The -b 115200 sets the SPI clock to 62.5kHz from the default 125kHz and may | ||||||
|  |  *     work when the default programming speed fails. | ||||||
|  |  * AVROSP.exe -dATtiny261 -cCOM7 -rf | ||||||
|  |  *     AVRosp is the Open Source AVR ISP Programming Software available from Atmel.com | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Note: on Linux systems, COM7 should be replaced with someting like /dev/ttyACM0 | ||||||
|  |  *        You can determine this value by running dmesg after plugging in the device | ||||||
|  |  *  Note: you must RESET the programmer after each use (AVRdude session). | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Note: If you experience errors with older devices, try changing DELAY_LONG | ||||||
|  |  *  to a larger value, such as 0xFF in AVRISP_Programmer.c | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  MISO, MOSI, and SCK are connected directly from the AVRopendous board | ||||||
|  |  *  to the pin of the same functionality on the target.  RESET pin on the target | ||||||
|  |  *  can be connected either to SS (PB0), or PC2.  Do not have any other pins | ||||||
|  |  *  connected - especially HWB pin, to avoid unintentional behaviour. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  AVR910 functionality was overlayed on USBtoSerial  functionality. | ||||||
|  |  *  Keep this in mind when looking over the code. | ||||||
|  |  *  Default target speed is 125kHz and corresponds to 19200 baud, which | ||||||
|  |  *  is the default setting for AVRdude. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Changing "Baud-Rate" will change the SPI speed.  Defualt SPI clock speed | ||||||
|  |  *  is 8Mhz / 4 = 2MHz.  8Mhz is the device clock speed.  This is the setting at | ||||||
|  |  *  9600 baud.  The following is a table of baud-rate vs. SPI Speed that will result | ||||||
|  |  *       9600 = 2Mhz | ||||||
|  |  *       14400 = 1MHz | ||||||
|  |  *       19200 = 125kHz (AVRdude Default) | ||||||
|  |  *       38400 = 250kHz | ||||||
|  |  *       57600 = 500kHz | ||||||
|  |  *       115200 = 62.5kHz | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  <table> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Device</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr>  | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  </table> | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
| After Width: | Height: | Size: 73 KiB | 
| @ -0,0 +1,263 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special  | ||||||
|  |  *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine | ||||||
|  |  *  the device's capabilities and functions.   | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #include "Descriptors.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
 | ||||||
|  |  *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the | ||||||
|  |  *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration | ||||||
|  |  *  process begins. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), Type: DTYPE_Device}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	USBSpecification:       VERSION_BCD(01.10), | ||||||
|  | 	Class:                  0x02, | ||||||
|  | 	SubClass:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 	Protocol:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint0Size:          8, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	VendorID:               0x03EB, | ||||||
|  | 	ProductID:              0x204F, | ||||||
|  | 	ReleaseNumber:          0x0000, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	ManufacturerStrIndex:   0x01, | ||||||
|  | 	ProductStrIndex:        0x02, | ||||||
|  | 	SerialNumStrIndex:      NO_DESCRIPTOR, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	NumberOfConfigurations: 1 | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
 | ||||||
|  |  *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces | ||||||
|  |  *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting | ||||||
|  |  *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Config: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), Type: DTYPE_Configuration}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			TotalConfigurationSize: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), | ||||||
|  | 			TotalInterfaces:        2, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigurationNumber:    1, | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigurationStrIndex:  NO_DESCRIPTOR, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigAttributes:       (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			MaxPowerConsumption:    USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	CCI_Interface: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), Type: DTYPE_Interface}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceNumber:        0, | ||||||
|  | 			AlternateSetting:       0, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			TotalEndpoints:         1, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			Class:                  0x02, | ||||||
|  | 			SubClass:               0x02, | ||||||
|  | 			Protocol:               0x01, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceStrIndex:      NO_DESCRIPTOR | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	CDC_Functional_IntHeader: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), Type: 0x24}, | ||||||
|  | 			SubType:                0x00, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			Data:                   {0x01, 0x10} | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	CDC_Functional_CallManagement: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), Type: 0x24}, | ||||||
|  | 			SubType:                0x01, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			Data:                   {0x03, 0x01} | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), Type: 0x24}, | ||||||
|  | 			SubType:                0x02, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			Data:                   {0x06} | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	CDC_Functional_Union: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), Type: 0x24}, | ||||||
|  | 			SubType:                0x06, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			Data:                   {0x00, 0x01} | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	ManagementEndpoint: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint}, | ||||||
|  | 										  | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointAddress:        (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), | ||||||
|  | 			Attributes:       		EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointSize:           CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 			PollingIntervalMS:		0xFF | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	DCI_Interface: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), Type: DTYPE_Interface}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceNumber:        1, | ||||||
|  | 			AlternateSetting:       0, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			TotalEndpoints:         2, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			Class:                  0x0A, | ||||||
|  | 			SubClass:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 			Protocol:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceStrIndex:      NO_DESCRIPTOR | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	DataOutEndpoint: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint}, | ||||||
|  | 										  | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointAddress:        (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM), | ||||||
|  | 			Attributes:       		EP_TYPE_BULK, | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointSize:           CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 			PollingIntervalMS:		0x00 | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	DataInEndpoint: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint}, | ||||||
|  | 										  | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointAddress:        (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM), | ||||||
|  | 			Attributes:       		EP_TYPE_BULK, | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointSize:           CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 			PollingIntervalMS:		0x00 | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
 | ||||||
|  |  *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate | ||||||
|  |  *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(1), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
 | ||||||
|  |  *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device | ||||||
|  |  *  Descriptor. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(19), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          L"www.AVRopendous.org" | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
 | ||||||
|  |  *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device | ||||||
|  |  *  Descriptor. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(29), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          L"LUFA-Based AVR ISP Programmer" | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see StdDescriptors.h
 | ||||||
|  |  *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given | ||||||
|  |  *  to the USB library. When the device recieves a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function | ||||||
|  |  *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the | ||||||
|  |  *  USB host. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8); | ||||||
|  | 	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	void*    Address = NULL; | ||||||
|  | 	uint16_t Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	switch (DescriptorType) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_Device: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(DeviceDescriptor); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_Configuration: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_String: | ||||||
|  | 			switch (DescriptorNumber) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x00: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(LanguageString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x01: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ManufacturerString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x02: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ProductString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	*DescriptorAddress = Address; | ||||||
|  | 	return Size; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,98 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Header file for Descriptors.c. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  |   | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/pgmspace.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by | ||||||
|  | 		 *  a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created | ||||||
|  | 		 *  easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly. | ||||||
|  | 		 * | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \param DataSize  Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize)        \ | ||||||
|  | 		     struct                                        \ | ||||||
|  | 		     {                                             \ | ||||||
|  | 		          USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;          \ | ||||||
|  | 			      uint8_t                 SubType;         \ | ||||||
|  | 		          uint8_t                 Data[DataSize];  \ | ||||||
|  | 		     } | ||||||
|  | 			  | ||||||
|  | 		/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM         2 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_TX_EPNUM                   3	 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_RX_EPNUM                   4	 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16	 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which | ||||||
|  | 		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config; | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CCI_Interface; | ||||||
|  | 			CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)             CDC_Functional_IntHeader; | ||||||
|  | 			CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)             CDC_Functional_CallManagement; | ||||||
|  | 			CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)             CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; | ||||||
|  | 			CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)             CDC_Functional_Union; | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                ManagementEndpoint; | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               DCI_Interface; | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                DataOutEndpoint; | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                DataInEndpoint; | ||||||
|  | 		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) | ||||||
|  | 		                           ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,1485 @@ | |||||||
|  | # Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||||||
|  | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||||||
|  | # | ||||||
|  | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||||||
|  | # The format is: | ||||||
|  | #       TAG = value [value, ...] | ||||||
|  | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||||||
|  | #       TAG += value [value, ...] | ||||||
|  | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Project related configuration options | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file  | ||||||
|  | # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all  | ||||||
|  | # text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the  | ||||||
|  | # iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See  | ||||||
|  | # http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded  | ||||||
|  | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - USB to Serial Device Demo" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.  | ||||||
|  | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or  | ||||||
|  | # if some version control system is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)  | ||||||
|  | # base path where the generated documentation will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location  | ||||||
|  | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create  | ||||||
|  | # 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output  | ||||||
|  | # format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.  | ||||||
|  | # Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of  | ||||||
|  | # source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would  | ||||||
|  | # otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all  | ||||||
|  | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this  | ||||||
|  | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language.  | ||||||
|  | # The default language is English, other supported languages are:  | ||||||
|  | # Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,  | ||||||
|  | # Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,  | ||||||
|  | # Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),  | ||||||
|  | # Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,  | ||||||
|  | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,  | ||||||
|  | # Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in  | ||||||
|  | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).  | ||||||
|  | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend  | ||||||
|  | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the  | ||||||
|  | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator  | ||||||
|  | # that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string  | ||||||
|  | # in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be  | ||||||
|  | # stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is  | ||||||
|  | # used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically  | ||||||
|  | # replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"  | ||||||
|  | # "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"  | ||||||
|  | # "represents" "a" "an" "the" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \ | ||||||
|  |                          "The $name widget" \ | ||||||
|  |                          "The $name file" \ | ||||||
|  |                          is \ | ||||||
|  |                          provides \ | ||||||
|  |                          specifies \ | ||||||
|  |                          contains \ | ||||||
|  |                          represents \ | ||||||
|  |                          a \ | ||||||
|  |                          an \ | ||||||
|  |                          the | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief  | ||||||
|  | # description. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all  | ||||||
|  | # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those  | ||||||
|  | # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment  | ||||||
|  | # operators of the base classes will not be shown. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full  | ||||||
|  | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set  | ||||||
|  | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag  | ||||||
|  | # can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is  | ||||||
|  | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of  | ||||||
|  | # the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the  | ||||||
|  | # path to strip. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_FROM_PATH        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of  | ||||||
|  | # the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells  | ||||||
|  | # the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class  | ||||||
|  | # definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that  | ||||||
|  | # are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter  | ||||||
|  | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems  | ||||||
|  | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHORT_NAMES            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style  | ||||||
|  | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc  | ||||||
|  | # comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments  | ||||||
|  | # (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style  | ||||||
|  | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments  | ||||||
|  | # will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring  | ||||||
|  | # an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///  | ||||||
|  | # comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.  | ||||||
|  | # The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed  | ||||||
|  | # description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented  | ||||||
|  | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it  | ||||||
|  | # re-implements. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INHERIT_DOCS           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce  | ||||||
|  | # a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will  | ||||||
|  | # be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TAB_SIZE               = 4 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts  | ||||||
|  | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".  | ||||||
|  | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to  | ||||||
|  | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which  | ||||||
|  | # will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".  | ||||||
|  | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALIASES                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.  | ||||||
|  | # For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list  | ||||||
|  | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified  | ||||||
|  | # scopes will look different, etc. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # Fortran. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL  | ||||||
|  | # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # VHDL. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want  | ||||||
|  | # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should  | ||||||
|  | # set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and  | ||||||
|  | # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.  | ||||||
|  | # func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration  | ||||||
|  | # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to | ||||||
|  | # enable parsing support. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public  | ||||||
|  | # instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SIP_SUPPORT            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter  | ||||||
|  | # and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)  | ||||||
|  | # will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or  | ||||||
|  | # setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the  | ||||||
|  | # methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC  | ||||||
|  | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first  | ||||||
|  | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default  | ||||||
|  | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of  | ||||||
|  | # the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a  | ||||||
|  | # subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to  | ||||||
|  | # NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using  | ||||||
|  | # the \nosubgrouping command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SUBGROUPING            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum  | ||||||
|  | # is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So  | ||||||
|  | # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct  | ||||||
|  | # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,  | ||||||
|  | # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically  | ||||||
|  | # be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound  | ||||||
|  | # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to  | ||||||
|  | # determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. | ||||||
|  | # When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. | ||||||
|  | # For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is  | ||||||
|  | # probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time  | ||||||
|  | # causing a significant performance penality.  | ||||||
|  | # If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the  | ||||||
|  | # performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on  | ||||||
|  | # a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the  | ||||||
|  | # memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:  | ||||||
|  | # 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,  | ||||||
|  | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Build related configuration options | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in  | ||||||
|  | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.  | ||||||
|  | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless  | ||||||
|  | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_ALL            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class  | ||||||
|  | # will be included in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file  | ||||||
|  | # will be included in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)  | ||||||
|  | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local  | ||||||
|  | # methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in  | ||||||
|  | # the interface are included in the documentation.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be  | ||||||
|  | # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called  | ||||||
|  | # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base  | ||||||
|  | # name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default  | ||||||
|  | # anonymous namespace are hidden. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the  | ||||||
|  | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.  | ||||||
|  | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various  | ||||||
|  | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # friend (class|struct|union) declarations.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any  | ||||||
|  | # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the  | ||||||
|  | # function's detailed documentation block. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation  | ||||||
|  | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set  | ||||||
|  | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.  | ||||||
|  | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate  | ||||||
|  | # file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also  | ||||||
|  | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ  | ||||||
|  | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows  | ||||||
|  | # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation  | ||||||
|  | # of that file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]  | ||||||
|  | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_INFO            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members  | ||||||
|  | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in  | ||||||
|  | # declaration order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the  | ||||||
|  | # brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically  | ||||||
|  | # by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in  | ||||||
|  | # declaration order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the  | ||||||
|  | # hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)  | ||||||
|  | # the group names will appear in their defined order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be  | ||||||
|  | # sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to  | ||||||
|  | # NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,  | ||||||
|  | # not including the namespace part.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. | ||||||
|  | # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the  | ||||||
|  | # alphabetical list. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting  | ||||||
|  | # \deprecated commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional  | ||||||
|  | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENABLED_SECTIONS       =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines  | ||||||
|  | # the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in  | ||||||
|  | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified  | ||||||
|  | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.  | ||||||
|  | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer  | ||||||
|  | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated  | ||||||
|  | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the  | ||||||
|  | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories  | ||||||
|  | # then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy  | ||||||
|  | # in the documentation. The default is NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. | ||||||
|  | # This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the  | ||||||
|  | # Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_FILES             = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the  | ||||||
|  | # Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index | ||||||
|  | # and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from  | ||||||
|  | # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via  | ||||||
|  | # popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of  | ||||||
|  | # the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file  | ||||||
|  | # provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output  | ||||||
|  | # is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files  | ||||||
|  | # in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a  | ||||||
|  | # file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name  | ||||||
|  | # of the layout file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LAYOUT_FILE            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated  | ||||||
|  | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QUIET                  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are  | ||||||
|  | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank  | ||||||
|  | # NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARNINGS               = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings  | ||||||
|  | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will  | ||||||
|  | # automatically be disabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for  | ||||||
|  | # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some  | ||||||
|  | # parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that  | ||||||
|  | # don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for  | ||||||
|  | # functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters  | ||||||
|  | # or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about  | ||||||
|  | # wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text  | ||||||
|  | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the  | ||||||
|  | # warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain  | ||||||
|  | # $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could  | ||||||
|  | # be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning  | ||||||
|  | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written  | ||||||
|  | # to stderr. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_LOGFILE           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the input files | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain  | ||||||
|  | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or  | ||||||
|  | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories  | ||||||
|  | # with spaces. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT                  = ./ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files  | ||||||
|  | # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is  | ||||||
|  | # also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built  | ||||||
|  | # into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for  | ||||||
|  | # the list of possible encodings. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp  | ||||||
|  | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left  | ||||||
|  | # blank the following patterns are tested:  | ||||||
|  | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx  | ||||||
|  | # *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \ | ||||||
|  |                          *.c \ | ||||||
|  | 						 *.txt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories  | ||||||
|  | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RECURSIVE              = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should  | ||||||
|  | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a  | ||||||
|  | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded  | ||||||
|  | # from the input. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude  | ||||||
|  | # certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched  | ||||||
|  | # against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories  | ||||||
|  | # for example use the pattern */test/* | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names  | ||||||
|  | # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the  | ||||||
|  | # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the  | ||||||
|  | # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,  | ||||||
|  | # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see  | ||||||
|  | # the \include command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_PATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp  | ||||||
|  | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left  | ||||||
|  | # blank all files are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = * | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be  | ||||||
|  | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude  | ||||||
|  | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.  | ||||||
|  | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see  | ||||||
|  | # the \image command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IMAGE_PATH             =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should  | ||||||
|  | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program  | ||||||
|  | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>  | ||||||
|  | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an  | ||||||
|  | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes  | ||||||
|  | # to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be  | ||||||
|  | # ignored. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT_FILTER           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern  | ||||||
|  | # basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the  | ||||||
|  | # filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form:  | ||||||
|  | # pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further  | ||||||
|  | # info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER  | ||||||
|  | # is applied to all files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILTER_PATTERNS        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using  | ||||||
|  | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source  | ||||||
|  | # files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will  | ||||||
|  | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also  | ||||||
|  | # VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body  | ||||||
|  | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_SOURCES         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code  | ||||||
|  | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then for each documented function all documented  | ||||||
|  | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then for each documented function all documented entities  | ||||||
|  | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) | ||||||
|  | # and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from | ||||||
|  | # functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will | ||||||
|  | # link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code  | ||||||
|  | # will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source  | ||||||
|  | # tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You  | ||||||
|  | # will need version 4.8.6 or higher. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | USE_HTAGS              = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for  | ||||||
|  | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index  | ||||||
|  | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project  | ||||||
|  | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then  | ||||||
|  | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns  | ||||||
|  | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all  | ||||||
|  | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.  | ||||||
|  | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that  | ||||||
|  | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IGNORE_PREFIX          =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate HTML output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_HTML          = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_OUTPUT            = html | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard header. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_HEADER            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard footer. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_FOOTER            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading  | ||||||
|  | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to  | ||||||
|  | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy  | ||||||
|  | # the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own  | ||||||
|  | # stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_STYLESHEET        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,  | ||||||
|  | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to  | ||||||
|  | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML  | ||||||
|  | # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the  | ||||||
|  | # page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports  | ||||||
|  | # JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox  | ||||||
|  | # Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files  | ||||||
|  | # will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3  | ||||||
|  | # integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).  | ||||||
|  | # To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the  | ||||||
|  | # HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that  | ||||||
|  | # directory and running "make install" will install the docset in  | ||||||
|  | # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find  | ||||||
|  | # it at startup.  | ||||||
|  | # See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the  | ||||||
|  | # feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple  | ||||||
|  | # documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)  | ||||||
|  | # can be grouped. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that  | ||||||
|  | # should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a  | ||||||
|  | # reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will append .docset to the name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files  | ||||||
|  | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the  | ||||||
|  | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)  | ||||||
|  | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You  | ||||||
|  | # can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be  | ||||||
|  | # written to the html output directory. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CHM_FILE               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of  | ||||||
|  | # the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run  | ||||||
|  | # the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HHC_LOCATION           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag  | ||||||
|  | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that  | ||||||
|  | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_CHI           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING | ||||||
|  | # is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file | ||||||
|  | # content. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag  | ||||||
|  | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a  | ||||||
|  | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BINARY_TOC             = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members  | ||||||
|  | # to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TOC_EXPAND             = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER  | ||||||
|  | # are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for  | ||||||
|  | # Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated  | ||||||
|  | # HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_QHP           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.  | ||||||
|  | # The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QCH_FILE               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating  | ||||||
|  | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see  | ||||||
|  | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating  | ||||||
|  | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see  | ||||||
|  | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.  | ||||||
|  | # If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated  | ||||||
|  | # .qhp file . | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHG_LOCATION           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at  | ||||||
|  | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and  | ||||||
|  | # the value YES disables it. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DISABLE_INDEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])  | ||||||
|  | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index | ||||||
|  | # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. | ||||||
|  | # If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated | ||||||
|  | # containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that  | ||||||
|  | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports  | ||||||
|  | # JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,  | ||||||
|  | # Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are  | ||||||
|  | # probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values  | ||||||
|  | # for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, | ||||||
|  | # and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; | ||||||
|  | # ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which | ||||||
|  | # disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous | ||||||
|  | # releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE | ||||||
|  | # respectively. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be  | ||||||
|  | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree  | ||||||
|  | # is shown. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included  | ||||||
|  | # as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need  | ||||||
|  | # to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory  | ||||||
|  | # to force them to be regenerated. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate Latex output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_LATEX         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be  | ||||||
|  | # invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to  | ||||||
|  | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the  | ||||||
|  | # default command name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact  | ||||||
|  | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to  | ||||||
|  | # save some trees in general. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COMPACT_LATEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used  | ||||||
|  | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and  | ||||||
|  | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX  | ||||||
|  | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRA_PACKAGES         =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for  | ||||||
|  | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until  | ||||||
|  | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_HEADER           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated  | ||||||
|  | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will  | ||||||
|  | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references  | ||||||
|  | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of  | ||||||
|  | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a  | ||||||
|  | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | USE_PDFLATEX           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.  | ||||||
|  | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep  | ||||||
|  | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.  | ||||||
|  | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not  | ||||||
|  | # include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)  | ||||||
|  | # in the output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output  | ||||||
|  | # The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with  | ||||||
|  | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_RTF           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact  | ||||||
|  | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to  | ||||||
|  | # save some trees in general. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COMPACT_RTF            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated  | ||||||
|  | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will  | ||||||
|  | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.  | ||||||
|  | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other  | ||||||
|  | # programs which support those fields.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's  | ||||||
|  | # config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide  | ||||||
|  | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.  | ||||||
|  | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate man pages | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_MAN           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_OUTPUT             = man | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to  | ||||||
|  | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_EXTENSION          = .3 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,  | ||||||
|  | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity  | ||||||
|  | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files  | ||||||
|  | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command  | ||||||
|  | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_LINKS              = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of  | ||||||
|  | # the code including all documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_XML           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_OUTPUT             = xml | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the  | ||||||
|  | # syntax of the XML files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_SCHEMA             =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the  | ||||||
|  | # syntax of the XML files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_DTD                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting  | ||||||
|  | # and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file  | ||||||
|  | # that captures the structure of the code including all  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental  | ||||||
|  | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the Perl module output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of  | ||||||
|  | # the code including all documentation. Note that this  | ||||||
|  | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the  | ||||||
|  | # moment. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate  | ||||||
|  | # the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able  | ||||||
|  | # to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be  | ||||||
|  | # nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful  | ||||||
|  | # if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this  | ||||||
|  | # tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller  | ||||||
|  | # and Perl will parse it just the same. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file  | ||||||
|  | # are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.  | ||||||
|  | # This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same  | ||||||
|  | # Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include  | ||||||
|  | # files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro  | ||||||
|  | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional  | ||||||
|  | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled  | ||||||
|  | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the  | ||||||
|  | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files  | ||||||
|  | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that  | ||||||
|  | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by  | ||||||
|  | # the preprocessor. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_PATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard  | ||||||
|  | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the  | ||||||
|  | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will  | ||||||
|  | # be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that  | ||||||
|  | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of  | ||||||
|  | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name  | ||||||
|  | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are  | ||||||
|  | # omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being  | ||||||
|  | # undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator  | ||||||
|  | # instead of the = operator. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.  | ||||||
|  | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.  | ||||||
|  | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone  | ||||||
|  | # on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such  | ||||||
|  | # function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse  | ||||||
|  | # the parser if not removed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration::additions related to external references    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.  | ||||||
|  | # Optionally an initial location of the external documentation  | ||||||
|  | # can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without  | ||||||
|  | # this location is as follows:  | ||||||
|  | #   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...  | ||||||
|  | # Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:  | ||||||
|  | #   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...  | ||||||
|  | # where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or  | ||||||
|  | # URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool  | ||||||
|  | # does not have to be run to correct the links. | ||||||
|  | # Note that each tag file must have a unique name | ||||||
|  | # (where the name does NOT include the path) | ||||||
|  | # If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TAGFILES               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create  | ||||||
|  | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TAGFILE       =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed  | ||||||
|  | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes  | ||||||
|  | # will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALLEXTERNALS           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed  | ||||||
|  | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will  | ||||||
|  | # be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script  | ||||||
|  | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration options related to the dot tool    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base  | ||||||
|  | # or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a  | ||||||
|  | # fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more  | ||||||
|  | # powerful graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc  | ||||||
|  | # command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see  | ||||||
|  | # http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where  | ||||||
|  | # the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the  | ||||||
|  | # default search path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MSCGEN_PATH            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide  | ||||||
|  | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented  | ||||||
|  | # or is not a class. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is  | ||||||
|  | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization  | ||||||
|  | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section  | ||||||
|  | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HAVE_DOT               = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output  | ||||||
|  | # directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This  | ||||||
|  | # font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need  | ||||||
|  | # these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name  | ||||||
|  | # using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the  | ||||||
|  | # DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory  | ||||||
|  | # containing the font. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.  | ||||||
|  | # The default size is 10pt. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the  | ||||||
|  | # FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a  | ||||||
|  | # different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot  | ||||||
|  | # can find it using this tag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTPATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and  | ||||||
|  | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the  | ||||||
|  | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CLASS_GRAPH            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and  | ||||||
|  | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and  | ||||||
|  | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and  | ||||||
|  | # collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling  | ||||||
|  | # Language. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | UML_LOOK               = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the  | ||||||
|  | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT  | ||||||
|  | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented  | ||||||
|  | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with  | ||||||
|  | # other documented files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and  | ||||||
|  | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each  | ||||||
|  | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or  | ||||||
|  | # indirectly include this file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function  | ||||||
|  | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase  | ||||||
|  | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs  | ||||||
|  | # for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CALL_GRAPH             = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function  | ||||||
|  | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase  | ||||||
|  | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller  | ||||||
|  | # graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CALLER_GRAPH           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories  | ||||||
|  | # in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include | ||||||
|  | # relations between the files in the directories. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images  | ||||||
|  | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||||||
|  | # If left blank png will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be  | ||||||
|  | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that  | ||||||
|  | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the  | ||||||
|  | # \dotfile command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOTFILE_DIRS           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of  | ||||||
|  | # nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph  | ||||||
|  | # becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is  | ||||||
|  | # visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the  | ||||||
|  | # number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than  | ||||||
|  | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note  | ||||||
|  | # that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the  | ||||||
|  | # graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable  | ||||||
|  | # from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes  | ||||||
|  | # that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this  | ||||||
|  | # option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large  | ||||||
|  | # code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by  | ||||||
|  | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent  | ||||||
|  | # background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not  | ||||||
|  | # seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,  | ||||||
|  | # enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of  | ||||||
|  | # a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output  | ||||||
|  | # files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This  | ||||||
|  | # makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)  | ||||||
|  | # support this, this feature is disabled by default. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and  | ||||||
|  | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate  | ||||||
|  | # the various graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_CLEANUP            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration::additions related to the search engine    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be  | ||||||
|  | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEARCHENGINE           = NO | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,55 @@ | |||||||
|  | ;  Windows LUFA USB to Serial Setup File | ||||||
|  | ; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Version]  | ||||||
|  | Signature="$Windows NT$"  | ||||||
|  | Class=Ports | ||||||
|  | ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}  | ||||||
|  | Provider=%COMPANY%  | ||||||
|  | LayoutFile=layout.inf | ||||||
|  | DriverVer=06/06/2006,1.0.0.0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Manufacturer]  | ||||||
|  | %MFGNAME% = ManufName | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [DestinationDirs]  | ||||||
|  | DefaultDestDir=12  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [ManufName]  | ||||||
|  | %Modem3% = Modem3, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | ;  Windows 2000/XP Sections | ||||||
|  | ;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Modem3.nt] | ||||||
|  | CopyFiles=USBModemCopyFileSection | ||||||
|  | AddReg=Modem3.nt.AddReg  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [USBModemCopyFileSection] | ||||||
|  | usbser.sys,,,0x20 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Modem3.nt.AddReg]  | ||||||
|  | HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern  | ||||||
|  | HKR,,NTMPDriver,,usbser.sys  | ||||||
|  | HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Modem3.nt.Services]  | ||||||
|  | AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [DriverService]  | ||||||
|  | DisplayName=%SERVICE% | ||||||
|  | ServiceType=1 | ||||||
|  | StartType=3 | ||||||
|  | ErrorControl=1 | ||||||
|  | ServiceBinary=%12%\usbser.sys  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | ;  String Definitions | ||||||
|  | ;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | [Strings]  | ||||||
|  | COMPANY="LUFA Library" | ||||||
|  | MFGNAME="Dean Camera" | ||||||
|  | Modem3="USB Virtual Serial Port"  | ||||||
|  | SERVICE="USB Virtual Serial Port CDC Driver" | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,120 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #include "RingBuff.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | void Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* Buffer) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->InPtr    = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->OutPtr   = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->Elements = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | void Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 	#if defined(BUFF_DROPOLD) | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Buffer->OutPtr++; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 			if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH]) | ||||||
|  | 			  Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 		else | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Buffer->Elements++; | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 	#elif defined(BUFF_DROPNEW) | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH) | ||||||
|  | 		  return; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->Elements++; | ||||||
|  | 	#elif defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK) | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->Elements++; | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 		*(Buffer->InPtr) = Data; | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->InPtr++; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->InPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH]) | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->InPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* Buffer) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	RingBuff_Data_t BuffData; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | #if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO) | ||||||
|  | 		if (!(Buffer->Elements)) | ||||||
|  | 		  return 0; | ||||||
|  | #elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK) | ||||||
|  | 	#error No empty buffer check behaviour specified. | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->OutPtr++; | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->Elements--; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH]) | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	return BuffData; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK) | ||||||
|  | RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* Buffer) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	RingBuff_Data_t BuffData; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | #if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO) | ||||||
|  | 		if (!(Buffer->Elements)) | ||||||
|  | 		  return 0; | ||||||
|  | #elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK) | ||||||
|  | 	#error No empty buffer check behaviour specified. | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	return BuffData; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,116 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Buffer Configuration: */ | ||||||
|  |    /* Buffer length - select static size of created ringbuffers: */ | ||||||
|  | 	 #define BUFF_STATICSIZE 128      // Set to the static ringbuffer size for all ringbuffers (place size after define)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |    /* Volatile mode - uncomment to make buffers volatile, for use in ISRs, etc: */ | ||||||
|  | 	 #define BUFF_VOLATILE            // Uncomment to cause all ring buffers to become volatile (and atomic if multi-byte) in access
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |    /* Drop mode - select behaviour when Buffer_StoreElement called on a full buffer: */ | ||||||
|  |      #define BUFF_DROPOLD             // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the oldest character to make space when full
 | ||||||
|  |      // #define BUFF_DROPNEW          // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the new character when full
 | ||||||
|  |      // #define BUFF_NODROPCHECK      // Uncomment to ignore full ring buffer checks - checking left to user!
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |    /* Underflow behaviour - select behaviour when Buffer_GetElement is called with an empty ringbuffer: */ | ||||||
|  |      //#define BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO  // Uncomment to return 0 when an empty ringbuffer is read
 | ||||||
|  |      #define BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK        // Uncomment to disable checking of empty ringbuffers - checking left to user!
 | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  |    /* Buffer storage type - set the datatype for the stored data */ | ||||||
|  |      #define BUFF_DATATYPE uint8_t    // Change to the data type that is going to be stored into the buffer
 | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  |    /* Peek routine - uncomment to include the peek routine (fetches next byte without removing it from the buffer */ | ||||||
|  |      #define BUFF_USEPEEK | ||||||
|  | 	 	 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _RINGBUFF_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _RINGBUFF_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 	#include <avr/io.h> | ||||||
|  | 	#include <avr/interrupt.h> | ||||||
|  | 	#include <util/atomic.h> | ||||||
|  | 	#include <limits.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Defines and checks: */ | ||||||
|  | 	#if defined(BUFF_STATICSIZE) | ||||||
|  | 		#define BUFF_LENGTH BUFF_STATICSIZE | ||||||
|  | 	#else | ||||||
|  | 		#error No buffer length specified! | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	#if !(defined(BUFF_DROPOLD) || defined(BUFF_DROPNEW) || defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK)) | ||||||
|  | 		#error No buffer drop mode specified. | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	#if !defined(BUFF_DATATYPE) | ||||||
|  | 		#error Ringbuffer storage data type not specified. | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	#if defined(BUFF_VOLATILE) | ||||||
|  | 		#define BUFF_MODE            volatile | ||||||
|  | 		#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK    ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE) | ||||||
|  | 	#else | ||||||
|  | 		#define BUFF_MODE | ||||||
|  | 		#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	#if (BUFF_STATICSIZE   > LONG_MAX) | ||||||
|  | 		#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint64_t | ||||||
|  | 	#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > INT_MAX) | ||||||
|  | 		#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint32_t | ||||||
|  | 	#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > CHAR_MAX) | ||||||
|  | 		#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint16_t | ||||||
|  | 	#else | ||||||
|  | 		#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint8_t | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 	typedef BUFF_DATATYPE RingBuff_Data_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	typedef BUFF_MODE struct | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		RingBuff_Data_t      Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH]; | ||||||
|  | 		RingBuff_Data_t*     InPtr; | ||||||
|  | 		RingBuff_Data_t*     OutPtr; | ||||||
|  | 		RingBuff_Elements_t  Elements; | ||||||
|  | 	} RingBuff_t; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */ | ||||||
|  | 	void            Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* Buff); | ||||||
|  | 	void            Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data); | ||||||
|  | 	RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 	#if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK) | ||||||
|  | 		RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* Buffer); | ||||||
|  | 	#endif | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,104 @@ | |||||||
|  | ubuntu@ubuntu:~/LUFA/Bootloaders/LUFA_DFU_Bootloader_AT90USB162$  sudo avrdude -vv -F -P /dev/ttyACM0 -c avr910 -p usb162 -U flash:w:BootloaderDFU.hex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: Version 5.5, compiled on May  9 2008 at 13:04:46 | ||||||
|  |          Copyright (c) 2000-2005 Brian Dean, http://www.bdmicro.com/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |          System wide configuration file is "/etc/avrdude.conf" | ||||||
|  |          User configuration file is "/home/ubuntu/.avrduderc" | ||||||
|  |          User configuration file does not exist or is not a regular file, skipping | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |          Using Port            : /dev/ttyACM0 | ||||||
|  |          Using Programmer      : avr910 | ||||||
|  |          AVR Part              : AT90USB162 | ||||||
|  |          Chip Erase delay      : 9000 us | ||||||
|  |          PAGEL                 : PD7 | ||||||
|  |          BS2                   : PA0 | ||||||
|  |          RESET disposition     : dedicated | ||||||
|  |          RETRY pulse           : SCK | ||||||
|  |          serial program mode   : yes | ||||||
|  |          parallel program mode : yes | ||||||
|  |          Timeout               : 200 | ||||||
|  |          StabDelay             : 100 | ||||||
|  |          CmdexeDelay           : 25 | ||||||
|  |          SyncLoops             : 32 | ||||||
|  |          ByteDelay             : 0 | ||||||
|  |          PollIndex             : 3 | ||||||
|  |          PollValue             : 0x53 | ||||||
|  |          Memory Detail         : | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |                                   Block Poll               Page                       Polled | ||||||
|  |            Memory Type Mode Delay Size  Indx Paged  Size   Size #Pages MinW  MaxW   ReadBack | ||||||
|  |            ----------- ---- ----- ----- ---- ------ ------ ---- ------ ----- ----- --------- | ||||||
|  |            eeprom        65    10     8    0 no        512    4      0  9000  9000 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            flash         65     6   128    0 yes     16384  128    128  4500  4500 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            lfuse          0     0     0    0 no          1    0      0  9000  9000 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            hfuse          0     0     0    0 no          1    0      0  9000  9000 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            efuse          0     0     0    0 no          1    0      0  9000  9000 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            lock           0     0     0    0 no          1    0      0  9000  9000 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            calibration    0     0     0    0 no          1    0      0     0     0 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  |            signature      0     0     0    0 no          3    0      0     0     0 0x00 0x00 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |          Programmer Type : avr910 | ||||||
|  |          Description     : Atmel Low Cost Serial Programmer | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | Found programmer: Id = "AVR ISP"; type = S | ||||||
|  |     Software Version = 2.3; Hardware Version = 1.0 | ||||||
|  | Programmer supports auto addr increment. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | Programmer supports the following devices: | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x55 = ATtiny12 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x56 = ATtiny15 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x5e = ATtiny2313 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x76 = ATMEGA8 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x74 = ATMEGA6450 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x72 = ATMEGA32 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x45 = ATMEGA64 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x74 = ATMEGA6450 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x43 = ATMEGA128 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x63 = ATMEGA162 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x78 = ATMEGA169 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x6c = AT90S4434 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x38 = AT90S8515 | ||||||
|  |     Device code: 0x65 = (unknown) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: warning: selected device is not supported by programmer: usb162 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: AVR device initialized and ready to accept instructions | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | Reading | ################################################## | 100% 0.00s | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: Device signature = 0x1e9482 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: lfuse reads as 5E | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: hfuse reads as D9 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: efuse reads as F4 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: NOTE: FLASH memory has been specified, an erase cycle will be performed | ||||||
|  |          To disable this feature, specify the -D option. | ||||||
|  | avrdude: erasing chip | ||||||
|  | avrdude: reading input file "BootloaderDFU.hex" | ||||||
|  | avrdude: input file BootloaderDFU.hex auto detected as Intel Hex | ||||||
|  | avrdude: writing flash (16066 bytes): | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | Writing | ################################################## | 100% 33.39s | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: 16066 bytes of flash written | ||||||
|  | avrdude: verifying flash memory against BootloaderDFU.hex: | ||||||
|  | avrdude: load data flash data from input file BootloaderDFU.hex: | ||||||
|  | avrdude: input file BootloaderDFU.hex auto detected as Intel Hex | ||||||
|  | avrdude: input file BootloaderDFU.hex contains 16066 bytes | ||||||
|  | avrdude: reading on-chip flash data: | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | Reading | ################################################## | 100% 16.07s | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: verifying ... | ||||||
|  | avrdude: 16066 bytes of flash verified | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: lfuse reads as 5E | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: hfuse reads as D9 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: efuse reads as F4 | ||||||
|  | avrdude: safemode: Fuses OK | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | avrdude done.  Thank you. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,704 @@ | |||||||
|  | # Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | # WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
 | ||||||
|  | #  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Released to the Public Domain
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Additional material for this makefile was written by:
 | ||||||
|  | # Peter Fleury
 | ||||||
|  | # Tim Henigan
 | ||||||
|  | # Colin O'Flynn
 | ||||||
|  | # Reiner Patommel
 | ||||||
|  | # Markus Pfaff
 | ||||||
|  | # Sander Pool
 | ||||||
|  | # Frederik Rouleau
 | ||||||
|  | # Carlos Lamas
 | ||||||
|  | # Dean Camera
 | ||||||
|  | # Opendous Inc.
 | ||||||
|  | # Denver Gingerich
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | # On command line:
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make all = Make software.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make clean = Clean out built project files.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
 | ||||||
|  | #                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
 | ||||||
|  | #            have dfu-programmer installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
 | ||||||
|  | #             have Atmel FLIP installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
 | ||||||
|  | #               (must have dfu-programmer installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
 | ||||||
|  | #                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
 | ||||||
|  | #                DoxyGen installed)
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 
 | ||||||
|  | #              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
 | ||||||
|  | #                   bug reports to the GCC project.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # MCU name
 | ||||||
|  | MCU = at90usb1287 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target board (USBKEY, STK525, STK526, RZUSBSTICK, USER or blank for projects not requiring
 | ||||||
|  | # LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 
 | ||||||
|  | # "Board" inside the application directory.
 | ||||||
|  | BOARD  = USBKEY | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Processor frequency.
 | ||||||
|  | #     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 
 | ||||||
|  | #     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 
 | ||||||
|  | #     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
 | ||||||
|  | #     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Typical values are:
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  1000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  1843200
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  2000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  3686400
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  4000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  7372800
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  8000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 11059200
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 14745600
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 16000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 18432000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 20000000
 | ||||||
|  | F_CPU = 8000000 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
 | ||||||
|  | FORMAT = ihex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target file name (without extension).
 | ||||||
|  | TARGET = AVRISP_Programmer | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Object files directory
 | ||||||
|  | #     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
 | ||||||
|  | #     this an empty or blank macro!
 | ||||||
|  | OBJDIR = . | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
 | ||||||
|  | SRC = $(TARGET).c                                          \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  Descriptors.c                                        \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  RingBuff.c                                           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial.c               \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c    \
 | ||||||
|  | 	   | ||||||
|  | # List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
 | ||||||
|  | CPPSRC =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List Assembler source files here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s
 | ||||||
|  | #     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
 | ||||||
|  | #     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
 | ||||||
|  | #     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
 | ||||||
|  | #     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
 | ||||||
|  | #     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
 | ||||||
|  | ASRC = | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 
 | ||||||
|  | #     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
 | ||||||
|  | #     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
 | ||||||
|  | OPT = s | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging format.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
 | ||||||
|  | #     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
 | ||||||
|  | #     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG = dwarf-2 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List any extra directories to look for include files here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
 | ||||||
|  | #     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRAINCDIRS = ../../ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
 | ||||||
|  | #     c89   = "ANSI" C
 | ||||||
|  | #     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
 | ||||||
|  | #     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
 | ||||||
|  | #     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
 | ||||||
|  | CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for C sources
 | ||||||
|  | CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
 | ||||||
|  | ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
 | ||||||
|  | CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL | ||||||
|  | #CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -g*:          generate debugging information
 | ||||||
|  | #  -O*:          optimization level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wall...:     warning level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -funsigned-char | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -fpack-struct | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -fshort-enums | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wall | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wundef | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
 | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
 | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -g*:          generate debugging information
 | ||||||
|  | #  -O*:          optimization level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wall...:     warning level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
 | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -Wall | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wundef | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
 | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #  -adhlns:   create listing
 | ||||||
|  | #  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that
 | ||||||
|  | #             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
 | ||||||
|  | #             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
 | ||||||
|  | #             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
 | ||||||
|  | #  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 
 | ||||||
|  | #       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
 | ||||||
|  | ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Library Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | # Minimalistic printf version
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB =  | ||||||
|  | #PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
 | ||||||
|  | #PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Minimalistic scanf version
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB =  | ||||||
|  | #SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
 | ||||||
|  | #SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MATH_LIB = -lm | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
 | ||||||
|  | #     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRALIBDIRS =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
 | ||||||
|  | # used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
 | ||||||
|  | #EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
 | ||||||
|  | # only used for heap (malloc()).
 | ||||||
|  | #EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTMEMOPTS = | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Linker Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -Map:      create map file
 | ||||||
|  | #    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file
 | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax  | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) | ||||||
|  | #LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 
 | ||||||
|  | # dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Type: avrdude -c ?
 | ||||||
|  | # to get a full listing.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_PORT = usb | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
 | ||||||
|  | # Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
 | ||||||
|  | # see avrdude manual.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
 | ||||||
|  | # performed after programming the device.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug
 | ||||||
|  | # reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 
 | ||||||
|  | # to submit bug reports.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
 | ||||||
|  | # DEBUG_UI = gdb
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_UI = insight | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice | ||||||
|  | #DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # GDB Init Filename.
 | ||||||
|  | GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When using avarice settings for the JTAG
 | ||||||
|  | JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_PORT = 4242 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
 | ||||||
|  | #     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 
 | ||||||
|  | #     avarice is running on a different computer.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_HOST = localhost | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #============================================================================
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define programs and commands.
 | ||||||
|  | SHELL = sh | ||||||
|  | CC = avr-gcc | ||||||
|  | OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy | ||||||
|  | OBJDUMP = avr-objdump | ||||||
|  | SIZE = avr-size | ||||||
|  | AR = avr-ar rcs | ||||||
|  | NM = avr-nm | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE = avrdude | ||||||
|  | REMOVE = rm -f | ||||||
|  | REMOVEDIR = rm -rf | ||||||
|  | COPY = cp | ||||||
|  | WINSHELL = cmd | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define Messages
 | ||||||
|  | # English
 | ||||||
|  | MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none | ||||||
|  | MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- | ||||||
|  | MSG_END = --------  end  -------- | ||||||
|  | MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:  | ||||||
|  | MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: | ||||||
|  | MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: | ||||||
|  | MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: | ||||||
|  | MSG_LINKING = Linking: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: | ||||||
|  | MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: | ||||||
|  | MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: | ||||||
|  | MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define all object files.
 | ||||||
|  | OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define all listing files.
 | ||||||
|  | LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
 | ||||||
|  | GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
 | ||||||
|  | # Add target processor to flags.
 | ||||||
|  | ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Default target.
 | ||||||
|  | all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode sizeafter end | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
 | ||||||
|  | build: elf hex eep lss sym | ||||||
|  | #build: lib
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | elf: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | hex: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | eep: $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | lss: $(TARGET).lss | ||||||
|  | sym: $(TARGET).sym | ||||||
|  | LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a | ||||||
|  | lib: $(LIBNAME) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Eye candy.
 | ||||||
|  | # AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
 | ||||||
|  | # the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
 | ||||||
|  | begin: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | end: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_END) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Display size of file.
 | ||||||
|  | HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) | ||||||
|  | FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | sizebefore: | ||||||
|  | 	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
 | ||||||
|  | 	2>/dev/null; echo; fi | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | sizeafter: | ||||||
|  | 	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
 | ||||||
|  | 	2>/dev/null; echo; fi | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | checkhooks: build | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- | ||||||
|  | 	@$(shell) (grep -s '^Event.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
 | ||||||
|  | 	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
 | ||||||
|  | 			   echo "(None)" | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ----- End Unhooked LUFA Events ----- | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | checklibmode: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- | ||||||
|  | 	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
 | ||||||
|  | 	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
 | ||||||
|  | 	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Display compiler version information.
 | ||||||
|  | gccversion :  | ||||||
|  | 	@$(CC) --version | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Program the device.  
 | ||||||
|  | program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | flip: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | dfu: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom --debug 1 $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
 | ||||||
|  | #     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 
 | ||||||
|  | #     a breakpoint at main().
 | ||||||
|  | gdb-config:  | ||||||
|  | 	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | endif | ||||||
|  | 	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
 | ||||||
|  | 	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | else | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
 | ||||||
|  | 	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) | ||||||
|  | endif | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | coff: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | extcoff: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.hex: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | %.eep: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
 | ||||||
|  | 	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.lss: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.sym: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(NM) -n $< > $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create library from object files.
 | ||||||
|  | .SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a | ||||||
|  | .PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | %.a: $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Link: create ELF output file from object files.
 | ||||||
|  | .SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | .PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | %.elf: $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create object files from C source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
 | ||||||
|  | %.s : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
 | ||||||
|  | %.s : %.cpp | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
 | ||||||
|  | %.i : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target: clean project.
 | ||||||
|  | clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_binary: | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_list: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | doxygen: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Generating Project Documentation... | ||||||
|  | 	@doxygen Doxygen.conf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Documentation Generation Complete. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_doxygen: | ||||||
|  | 	rm -rf Documentation | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create object files directory
 | ||||||
|  | $(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Include the dependency files.
 | ||||||
|  | -include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Listing of phony targets.
 | ||||||
|  | .PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode begin  \ | ||||||
|  | finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \ | ||||||
|  | build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff      \ | ||||||
|  | clean clean_list clean_binary program debug \ | ||||||
|  | gdb-config doxygen dfu flip | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,113 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits
 | ||||||
|  |  *  to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce | ||||||
|  |  *  overall RAM usage. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #include "CircularBitBuffer.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */ | ||||||
|  | void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* Buffer) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->Elements        = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */ | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->In.CurrentByte  = Buffer->Data; | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->In.ByteMask     = (1 << 0); | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->Out.ByteMask    = (1 << 0); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* Buffer, bool Bit) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (Bit) | ||||||
|  | 	  *Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */ | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->Elements++; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7)) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1]) | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->In.CurrentByte++; | ||||||
|  | 		else | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; | ||||||
|  | 		   | ||||||
|  | 		/* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */		 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	else | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */ | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* Buffer) | ||||||
|  | {	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Clear the buffer bit */ | ||||||
|  | 	*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */ | ||||||
|  | 	Buffer->Elements--; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */	 | ||||||
|  | 	if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7)) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1]) | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++; | ||||||
|  | 		else | ||||||
|  | 		  Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;		 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */		 | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	else | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */ | ||||||
|  | 		Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	return Bit; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,95 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/io.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <stdbool.h> | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \ | ||||||
|  | 		     defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) | ||||||
|  | 			/** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eigth of this value per buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | 			#define MAX_BITS 20480 | ||||||
|  | 		#else | ||||||
|  | 			#define MAX_BITS 1024 | ||||||
|  | 		#endif | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t  ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 		} BitBufferPointer_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t            Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t           Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 		} BitBuffer_t; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */	 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits.
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *   | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \param Buffer  Bit buffer to initialize | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer.
 | ||||||
|  | 		 * | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \param Buffer  Bit buffer to store a bit into | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \param Bit  Bit to store into the buffer | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* Buffer, bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer.
 | ||||||
|  | 		 * | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \param Buffer  Bit buffer to store a bit into | ||||||
|  | 		 * | ||||||
|  | 		 *  \return Next bit from the buffer | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,247 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special  | ||||||
|  |  *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine | ||||||
|  |  *  the device's capabilities and functions.   | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  |   | ||||||
|  | #include "Descriptors.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
 | ||||||
|  |  *  reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent, | ||||||
|  |  *  where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	0x05, 0x01,          /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop)                    */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x09, 0x06,          /* Usage (Keyboard)                                */ | ||||||
|  | 	0xa1, 0x01,          /* Collection (Application)                        */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x05, 0x07,          /*   Usage Page (Key Codes)                        */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x19, 0xe0,          /*   Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl)          */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x29, 0xe7,          /*   Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI)            */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x15, 0x00,          /*   Logical Minimum (0)                           */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x25, 0x01,          /*   Logical Maximum (1)                           */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x75, 0x01,          /*   Report Size (1)                               */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x95, 0x08,          /*   Report Count (8)                              */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x81, 0x02,          /*   Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)              */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x95, 0x01,          /*   Report Count (1)                              */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x75, 0x08,          /*   Report Size (8)                               */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x81, 0x03,          /*   Input (Const, Variable, Absolute)             */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x95, 0x01,          /*   Report Count (1)                              */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x75, 0x08,          /*   Report Size (8)                               */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x15, 0x00,          /*   Logical Minimum (0)                           */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x25, 0x65,          /*   Logical Maximum (101)                         */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x05, 0x07,          /*   Usage Page (Keyboard)                         */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x19, 0x00,          /*   Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x29, 0x65,          /*   Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application)          */ | ||||||
|  | 	0x81, 0x00,          /*   Input (Data, Array, Absolute)                 */ | ||||||
|  | 	0xc0                 /* End Collection                                  */ | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
 | ||||||
|  |  *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the | ||||||
|  |  *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration | ||||||
|  |  *  process begins. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), Type: DTYPE_Device}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	USBSpecification:       VERSION_BCD(01.10), | ||||||
|  | 	Class:                  0x00, | ||||||
|  | 	SubClass:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 	Protocol:               0x00, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint0Size:          8, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	VendorID:               0x03EB, | ||||||
|  | 	ProductID:              0x2042, | ||||||
|  | 	ReleaseNumber:          0x0000, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	ManufacturerStrIndex:   0x01, | ||||||
|  | 	ProductStrIndex:        0x02, | ||||||
|  | 	SerialNumStrIndex:      NO_DESCRIPTOR, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	NumberOfConfigurations: 1 | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
 | ||||||
|  |  *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces | ||||||
|  |  *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting | ||||||
|  |  *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Config: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), Type: DTYPE_Configuration}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			TotalConfigurationSize: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), | ||||||
|  | 			TotalInterfaces:        1, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigurationNumber:    1, | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigurationStrIndex:  NO_DESCRIPTOR, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			ConfigAttributes:       (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			MaxPowerConsumption:    USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	Interface: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), Type: DTYPE_Interface}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceNumber:        0x00, | ||||||
|  | 			AlternateSetting:       0x00, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			TotalEndpoints:         1, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			Class:                  0x03, | ||||||
|  | 			SubClass:               0x01, | ||||||
|  | 			Protocol:               0x01, | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			InterfaceStrIndex:      NO_DESCRIPTOR | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	KeyboardHID: | ||||||
|  | 		{   | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), Type: DTYPE_HID}, | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			HIDSpec:                VERSION_BCD(01.11), | ||||||
|  | 			CountryCode:            0x00, | ||||||
|  | 			TotalHIDReports:        0x01, | ||||||
|  | 			HIDReportType:          DTYPE_Report, | ||||||
|  | 			HIDReportLength:        sizeof(KeyboardReport) | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	KeyboardEndpoint: | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			Header:                 {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint}, | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointAddress:        (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM), | ||||||
|  | 			Attributes:             EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, | ||||||
|  | 			EndpointSize:           KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 			PollingIntervalMS:      0x02 | ||||||
|  | 		}, | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
 | ||||||
|  |  *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate | ||||||
|  |  *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */  | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(1), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
 | ||||||
|  |  *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device | ||||||
|  |  *  Descriptor. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(32), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich" | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
 | ||||||
|  |  *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device | ||||||
|  |  *  Descriptor. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	Header:                 {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(20), Type: DTYPE_String}, | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	UnicodeString:          L"Magnetic Card Reader" | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see StdDescriptors.h
 | ||||||
|  |  *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given | ||||||
|  |  *  to the USB library. When the device recieves a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function | ||||||
|  |  *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the | ||||||
|  |  *  USB host. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8); | ||||||
|  | 	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	void*    Address = NULL; | ||||||
|  | 	uint16_t Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	switch (DescriptorType) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_Device: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(DeviceDescriptor); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_Configuration: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_String: | ||||||
|  | 			switch (DescriptorNumber) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x00: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(LanguageString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x01: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ManufacturerString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 				case 0x02: | ||||||
|  | 					Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ProductString); | ||||||
|  | 					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); | ||||||
|  | 					break; | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_HID: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor.KeyboardHID); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case DTYPE_Report: | ||||||
|  | 			Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(KeyboardReport); | ||||||
|  | 			Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport); | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	*DescriptorAddress = Address; | ||||||
|  | 	return Size; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,98 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Header file for Descriptors.c. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/pgmspace.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor. A HID descriptor is used in HID class devices
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  to give information about the HID device, including the HID specification used, and the report descriptors | ||||||
|  | 		 *  the device contains to describe how the HID device should be controlled. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard USB descriptor header */ | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t                HIDSpec; /**< HID specification implemented by the device, in BCD form */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t                 CountryCode; /**< Country code for the country the HID device is localised for */ | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t                 TotalHIDReports; /**< Total number of HID reports linked to this HID interface */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t                 HIDReportType; /**< Type of the first HID report descriptor */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint16_t                HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the first HID report descriptor */ | ||||||
|  | 		} USB_Descriptor_HID_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the data type used for the HID Report descriptor data elements. A HID report
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  descriptor contains an array of this data type, indicating how the reports from and to the | ||||||
|  | 		 *  device are formatted and how the report data is to be used by the host. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which | ||||||
|  | 		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. | ||||||
|  | 		 */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */ | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */ | ||||||
|  | 			USB_Descriptor_HID_t                  KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */ | ||||||
|  | 	        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             KeyboardEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */ | ||||||
|  | 		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; | ||||||
|  | 					 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Endpoint number of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM               1 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE              8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Descriptor type value for a HID descriptor. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define DTYPE_HID                    0x21 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Descriptor type value for a HID report. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define DTYPE_Report                 0x22 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) | ||||||
|  | 		                           ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,1485 @@ | |||||||
|  | # Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||||||
|  | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||||||
|  | # | ||||||
|  | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||||||
|  | # The format is: | ||||||
|  | #       TAG = value [value, ...] | ||||||
|  | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||||||
|  | #       TAG += value [value, ...] | ||||||
|  | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Project related configuration options | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file  | ||||||
|  | # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all  | ||||||
|  | # text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the  | ||||||
|  | # iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See  | ||||||
|  | # http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded  | ||||||
|  | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PROJECT_NAME           = "Denver Gingerich's Stripe Snoop Project" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.  | ||||||
|  | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or  | ||||||
|  | # if some version control system is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)  | ||||||
|  | # base path where the generated documentation will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location  | ||||||
|  | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create  | ||||||
|  | # 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output  | ||||||
|  | # format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.  | ||||||
|  | # Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of  | ||||||
|  | # source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would  | ||||||
|  | # otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all  | ||||||
|  | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this  | ||||||
|  | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language.  | ||||||
|  | # The default language is English, other supported languages are:  | ||||||
|  | # Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,  | ||||||
|  | # Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,  | ||||||
|  | # Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),  | ||||||
|  | # Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,  | ||||||
|  | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,  | ||||||
|  | # Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in  | ||||||
|  | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).  | ||||||
|  | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend  | ||||||
|  | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the  | ||||||
|  | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator  | ||||||
|  | # that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string  | ||||||
|  | # in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be  | ||||||
|  | # stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is  | ||||||
|  | # used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically  | ||||||
|  | # replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"  | ||||||
|  | # "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"  | ||||||
|  | # "represents" "a" "an" "the" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \ | ||||||
|  |                          "The $name widget" \ | ||||||
|  |                          "The $name file" \ | ||||||
|  |                          is \ | ||||||
|  |                          provides \ | ||||||
|  |                          specifies \ | ||||||
|  |                          contains \ | ||||||
|  |                          represents \ | ||||||
|  |                          a \ | ||||||
|  |                          an \ | ||||||
|  |                          the | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief  | ||||||
|  | # description. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all  | ||||||
|  | # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those  | ||||||
|  | # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment  | ||||||
|  | # operators of the base classes will not be shown. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full  | ||||||
|  | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set  | ||||||
|  | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag  | ||||||
|  | # can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is  | ||||||
|  | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of  | ||||||
|  | # the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the  | ||||||
|  | # path to strip. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_FROM_PATH        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of  | ||||||
|  | # the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells  | ||||||
|  | # the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class  | ||||||
|  | # definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that  | ||||||
|  | # are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter  | ||||||
|  | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems  | ||||||
|  | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHORT_NAMES            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style  | ||||||
|  | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc  | ||||||
|  | # comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments  | ||||||
|  | # (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style  | ||||||
|  | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments  | ||||||
|  | # will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring  | ||||||
|  | # an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///  | ||||||
|  | # comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.  | ||||||
|  | # The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed  | ||||||
|  | # description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented  | ||||||
|  | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it  | ||||||
|  | # re-implements. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INHERIT_DOCS           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce  | ||||||
|  | # a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will  | ||||||
|  | # be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TAB_SIZE               = 4 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts  | ||||||
|  | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".  | ||||||
|  | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to  | ||||||
|  | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which  | ||||||
|  | # will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".  | ||||||
|  | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALIASES                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.  | ||||||
|  | # For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list  | ||||||
|  | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified  | ||||||
|  | # scopes will look different, etc. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran  | ||||||
|  | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # Fortran. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL  | ||||||
|  | # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for  | ||||||
|  | # VHDL. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want  | ||||||
|  | # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should  | ||||||
|  | # set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and  | ||||||
|  | # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.  | ||||||
|  | # func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration  | ||||||
|  | # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to | ||||||
|  | # enable parsing support. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.  | ||||||
|  | # Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public  | ||||||
|  | # instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SIP_SUPPORT            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter  | ||||||
|  | # and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)  | ||||||
|  | # will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or  | ||||||
|  | # setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the  | ||||||
|  | # methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC  | ||||||
|  | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first  | ||||||
|  | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default  | ||||||
|  | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of  | ||||||
|  | # the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a  | ||||||
|  | # subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to  | ||||||
|  | # NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using  | ||||||
|  | # the \nosubgrouping command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SUBGROUPING            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum  | ||||||
|  | # is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So  | ||||||
|  | # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct  | ||||||
|  | # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,  | ||||||
|  | # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically  | ||||||
|  | # be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound  | ||||||
|  | # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to  | ||||||
|  | # determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. | ||||||
|  | # When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. | ||||||
|  | # For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is  | ||||||
|  | # probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time  | ||||||
|  | # causing a significant performance penality.  | ||||||
|  | # If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the  | ||||||
|  | # performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on  | ||||||
|  | # a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the  | ||||||
|  | # memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:  | ||||||
|  | # 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,  | ||||||
|  | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Build related configuration options | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in  | ||||||
|  | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.  | ||||||
|  | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless  | ||||||
|  | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_ALL            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class  | ||||||
|  | # will be included in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file  | ||||||
|  | # will be included in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)  | ||||||
|  | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local  | ||||||
|  | # methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in  | ||||||
|  | # the interface are included in the documentation.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be  | ||||||
|  | # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called  | ||||||
|  | # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base  | ||||||
|  | # name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default  | ||||||
|  | # anonymous namespace are hidden. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the  | ||||||
|  | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.  | ||||||
|  | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various  | ||||||
|  | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all  | ||||||
|  | # friend (class|struct|union) declarations.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any  | ||||||
|  | # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.  | ||||||
|  | # If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the  | ||||||
|  | # function's detailed documentation block. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation  | ||||||
|  | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set  | ||||||
|  | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.  | ||||||
|  | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate  | ||||||
|  | # file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also  | ||||||
|  | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ  | ||||||
|  | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows  | ||||||
|  | # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation  | ||||||
|  | # of that file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]  | ||||||
|  | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_INFO            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members  | ||||||
|  | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in  | ||||||
|  | # declaration order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the  | ||||||
|  | # brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically  | ||||||
|  | # by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in  | ||||||
|  | # declaration order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the  | ||||||
|  | # hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)  | ||||||
|  | # the group names will appear in their defined order. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be  | ||||||
|  | # sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to  | ||||||
|  | # NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,  | ||||||
|  | # not including the namespace part.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. | ||||||
|  | # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the  | ||||||
|  | # alphabetical list. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug  | ||||||
|  | # commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or  | ||||||
|  | # disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting  | ||||||
|  | # \deprecated commands in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional  | ||||||
|  | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENABLED_SECTIONS       =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines  | ||||||
|  | # the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in  | ||||||
|  | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified  | ||||||
|  | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.  | ||||||
|  | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer  | ||||||
|  | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated  | ||||||
|  | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the  | ||||||
|  | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories  | ||||||
|  | # then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy  | ||||||
|  | # in the documentation. The default is NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. | ||||||
|  | # This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the  | ||||||
|  | # Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_FILES             = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the  | ||||||
|  | # Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index | ||||||
|  | # and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from  | ||||||
|  | # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via  | ||||||
|  | # popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of  | ||||||
|  | # the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file  | ||||||
|  | # provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output  | ||||||
|  | # is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files  | ||||||
|  | # in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a  | ||||||
|  | # file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name  | ||||||
|  | # of the layout file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LAYOUT_FILE            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated  | ||||||
|  | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QUIET                  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are  | ||||||
|  | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank  | ||||||
|  | # NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARNINGS               = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings  | ||||||
|  | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will  | ||||||
|  | # automatically be disabled. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for  | ||||||
|  | # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some  | ||||||
|  | # parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that  | ||||||
|  | # don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for  | ||||||
|  | # functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters  | ||||||
|  | # or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about  | ||||||
|  | # wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text  | ||||||
|  | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the  | ||||||
|  | # warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain  | ||||||
|  | # $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could  | ||||||
|  | # be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning  | ||||||
|  | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written  | ||||||
|  | # to stderr. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | WARN_LOGFILE           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the input files | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain  | ||||||
|  | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or  | ||||||
|  | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories  | ||||||
|  | # with spaces. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT                  = ./ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files  | ||||||
|  | # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is  | ||||||
|  | # also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built  | ||||||
|  | # into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for  | ||||||
|  | # the list of possible encodings. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp  | ||||||
|  | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left  | ||||||
|  | # blank the following patterns are tested:  | ||||||
|  | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx  | ||||||
|  | # *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \ | ||||||
|  |                          *.c \ | ||||||
|  | 						 *.txt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories  | ||||||
|  | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.  | ||||||
|  | # If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RECURSIVE              = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should  | ||||||
|  | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a  | ||||||
|  | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded  | ||||||
|  | # from the input. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude  | ||||||
|  | # certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched  | ||||||
|  | # against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories  | ||||||
|  | # for example use the pattern */test/* | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names  | ||||||
|  | # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the  | ||||||
|  | # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the  | ||||||
|  | # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,  | ||||||
|  | # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see  | ||||||
|  | # the \include command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_PATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the  | ||||||
|  | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp  | ||||||
|  | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left  | ||||||
|  | # blank all files are included. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = * | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be  | ||||||
|  | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude  | ||||||
|  | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.  | ||||||
|  | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or  | ||||||
|  | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see  | ||||||
|  | # the \image command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IMAGE_PATH             =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should  | ||||||
|  | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program  | ||||||
|  | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>  | ||||||
|  | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an  | ||||||
|  | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes  | ||||||
|  | # to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be  | ||||||
|  | # ignored. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INPUT_FILTER           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern  | ||||||
|  | # basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the  | ||||||
|  | # filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form:  | ||||||
|  | # pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further  | ||||||
|  | # info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER  | ||||||
|  | # is applied to all files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILTER_PATTERNS        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using  | ||||||
|  | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source  | ||||||
|  | # files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will  | ||||||
|  | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also  | ||||||
|  | # VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body  | ||||||
|  | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INLINE_SOURCES         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code  | ||||||
|  | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then for each documented function all documented  | ||||||
|  | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then for each documented function all documented entities  | ||||||
|  | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) | ||||||
|  | # and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from | ||||||
|  | # functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will | ||||||
|  | # link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code  | ||||||
|  | # will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source  | ||||||
|  | # tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You  | ||||||
|  | # will need version 4.8.6 or higher. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | USE_HTAGS              = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for  | ||||||
|  | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index  | ||||||
|  | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project  | ||||||
|  | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then  | ||||||
|  | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns  | ||||||
|  | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all  | ||||||
|  | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.  | ||||||
|  | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that  | ||||||
|  | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | IGNORE_PREFIX          =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate HTML output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_HTML          = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_OUTPUT            = html | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard header. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_HEADER            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for  | ||||||
|  | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard footer. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_FOOTER            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading  | ||||||
|  | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to  | ||||||
|  | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy  | ||||||
|  | # the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own  | ||||||
|  | # stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_STYLESHEET        =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,  | ||||||
|  | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to  | ||||||
|  | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML  | ||||||
|  | # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the  | ||||||
|  | # page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports  | ||||||
|  | # JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox  | ||||||
|  | # Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files  | ||||||
|  | # will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3  | ||||||
|  | # integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).  | ||||||
|  | # To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the  | ||||||
|  | # HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that  | ||||||
|  | # directory and running "make install" will install the docset in  | ||||||
|  | # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find  | ||||||
|  | # it at startup.  | ||||||
|  | # See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the  | ||||||
|  | # feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple  | ||||||
|  | # documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)  | ||||||
|  | # can be grouped. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that  | ||||||
|  | # should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a  | ||||||
|  | # reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will append .docset to the name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files  | ||||||
|  | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the  | ||||||
|  | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)  | ||||||
|  | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You  | ||||||
|  | # can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be  | ||||||
|  | # written to the html output directory. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CHM_FILE               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of  | ||||||
|  | # the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run  | ||||||
|  | # the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HHC_LOCATION           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag  | ||||||
|  | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that  | ||||||
|  | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_CHI           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING | ||||||
|  | # is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file | ||||||
|  | # content. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag  | ||||||
|  | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a  | ||||||
|  | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | BINARY_TOC             = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members  | ||||||
|  | # to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TOC_EXPAND             = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER  | ||||||
|  | # are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for  | ||||||
|  | # Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated  | ||||||
|  | # HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_QHP           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.  | ||||||
|  | # The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QCH_FILE               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating  | ||||||
|  | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see  | ||||||
|  | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating  | ||||||
|  | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see  | ||||||
|  | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can  | ||||||
|  | # be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.  | ||||||
|  | # If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated  | ||||||
|  | # .qhp file . | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | QHG_LOCATION           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at  | ||||||
|  | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and  | ||||||
|  | # the value YES disables it. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DISABLE_INDEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])  | ||||||
|  | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index | ||||||
|  | # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. | ||||||
|  | # If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated | ||||||
|  | # containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that  | ||||||
|  | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports  | ||||||
|  | # JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,  | ||||||
|  | # Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are  | ||||||
|  | # probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values  | ||||||
|  | # for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, | ||||||
|  | # and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; | ||||||
|  | # ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which | ||||||
|  | # disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous | ||||||
|  | # releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE | ||||||
|  | # respectively. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be  | ||||||
|  | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree  | ||||||
|  | # is shown. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included  | ||||||
|  | # as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need  | ||||||
|  | # to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory  | ||||||
|  | # to force them to be regenerated. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate Latex output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_LATEX         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be  | ||||||
|  | # invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to  | ||||||
|  | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the  | ||||||
|  | # default command name. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact  | ||||||
|  | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to  | ||||||
|  | # save some trees in general. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COMPACT_LATEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used  | ||||||
|  | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and  | ||||||
|  | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX  | ||||||
|  | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRA_PACKAGES         =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for  | ||||||
|  | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until  | ||||||
|  | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a  | ||||||
|  | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_HEADER           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated  | ||||||
|  | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will  | ||||||
|  | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references  | ||||||
|  | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of  | ||||||
|  | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a  | ||||||
|  | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | USE_PDFLATEX           = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.  | ||||||
|  | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep  | ||||||
|  | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.  | ||||||
|  | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not  | ||||||
|  | # include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)  | ||||||
|  | # in the output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output  | ||||||
|  | # The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with  | ||||||
|  | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_RTF           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact  | ||||||
|  | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to  | ||||||
|  | # save some trees in general. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COMPACT_RTF            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated  | ||||||
|  | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will  | ||||||
|  | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.  | ||||||
|  | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other  | ||||||
|  | # programs which support those fields.  | ||||||
|  | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's  | ||||||
|  | # config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide  | ||||||
|  | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.  | ||||||
|  | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate man pages | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_MAN           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_OUTPUT             = man | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to  | ||||||
|  | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_EXTENSION          = .3 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,  | ||||||
|  | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity  | ||||||
|  | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files  | ||||||
|  | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command  | ||||||
|  | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAN_LINKS              = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of  | ||||||
|  | # the code including all documentation. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_XML           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.  | ||||||
|  | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be  | ||||||
|  | # put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_OUTPUT             = xml | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the  | ||||||
|  | # syntax of the XML files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_SCHEMA             =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the  | ||||||
|  | # syntax of the XML files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_DTD                =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting  | ||||||
|  | # and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file  | ||||||
|  | # that captures the structure of the code including all  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental  | ||||||
|  | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # configuration options related to the Perl module output | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of  | ||||||
|  | # the code including all documentation. Note that this  | ||||||
|  | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the  | ||||||
|  | # moment. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate  | ||||||
|  | # the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able  | ||||||
|  | # to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be  | ||||||
|  | # nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful  | ||||||
|  | # if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this  | ||||||
|  | # tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller  | ||||||
|  | # and Perl will parse it just the same. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file  | ||||||
|  | # are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.  | ||||||
|  | # This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same  | ||||||
|  | # Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include  | ||||||
|  | # files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro  | ||||||
|  | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional  | ||||||
|  | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled  | ||||||
|  | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the  | ||||||
|  | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files  | ||||||
|  | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that  | ||||||
|  | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by  | ||||||
|  | # the preprocessor. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_PATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard  | ||||||
|  | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the  | ||||||
|  | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will  | ||||||
|  | # be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that  | ||||||
|  | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of  | ||||||
|  | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name  | ||||||
|  | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are  | ||||||
|  | # omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being  | ||||||
|  | # undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator  | ||||||
|  | # instead of the = operator. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.  | ||||||
|  | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.  | ||||||
|  | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone  | ||||||
|  | # on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such  | ||||||
|  | # function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse  | ||||||
|  | # the parser if not removed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration::additions related to external references    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.  | ||||||
|  | # Optionally an initial location of the external documentation  | ||||||
|  | # can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without  | ||||||
|  | # this location is as follows:  | ||||||
|  | #   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...  | ||||||
|  | # Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:  | ||||||
|  | #   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...  | ||||||
|  | # where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or  | ||||||
|  | # URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool  | ||||||
|  | # does not have to be run to correct the links. | ||||||
|  | # Note that each tag file must have a unique name | ||||||
|  | # (where the name does NOT include the path) | ||||||
|  | # If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TAGFILES               =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create  | ||||||
|  | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_TAGFILE       =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed  | ||||||
|  | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes  | ||||||
|  | # will be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | ALLEXTERNALS           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed  | ||||||
|  | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will  | ||||||
|  | # be listed. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script  | ||||||
|  | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration options related to the dot tool    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base  | ||||||
|  | # or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that  | ||||||
|  | # this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a  | ||||||
|  | # fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more  | ||||||
|  | # powerful graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc  | ||||||
|  | # command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see  | ||||||
|  | # http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the  | ||||||
|  | # documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where  | ||||||
|  | # the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the  | ||||||
|  | # default search path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MSCGEN_PATH            =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide  | ||||||
|  | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented  | ||||||
|  | # or is not a class. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is  | ||||||
|  | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization  | ||||||
|  | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section  | ||||||
|  | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | HAVE_DOT               = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output  | ||||||
|  | # directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This  | ||||||
|  | # font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need  | ||||||
|  | # these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name  | ||||||
|  | # using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,  | ||||||
|  | # which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the  | ||||||
|  | # DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory  | ||||||
|  | # containing the font. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.  | ||||||
|  | # The default size is 10pt. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the  | ||||||
|  | # FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a  | ||||||
|  | # different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot  | ||||||
|  | # can find it using this tag. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_FONTPATH           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and  | ||||||
|  | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the  | ||||||
|  | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CLASS_GRAPH            = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and  | ||||||
|  | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and  | ||||||
|  | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and  | ||||||
|  | # collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling  | ||||||
|  | # Language. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | UML_LOOK               = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the  | ||||||
|  | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT  | ||||||
|  | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented  | ||||||
|  | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with  | ||||||
|  | # other documented files. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and  | ||||||
|  | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each  | ||||||
|  | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or  | ||||||
|  | # indirectly include this file. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function  | ||||||
|  | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase  | ||||||
|  | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs  | ||||||
|  | # for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CALL_GRAPH             = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then  | ||||||
|  | # doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function  | ||||||
|  | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase  | ||||||
|  | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller  | ||||||
|  | # graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CALLER_GRAPH           = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen  | ||||||
|  | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES  | ||||||
|  | # then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories  | ||||||
|  | # in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include | ||||||
|  | # relations between the files in the directories. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images  | ||||||
|  | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||||||
|  | # If left blank png will be used. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be  | ||||||
|  | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that  | ||||||
|  | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the  | ||||||
|  | # \dotfile command). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOTFILE_DIRS           =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of  | ||||||
|  | # nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph  | ||||||
|  | # becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is  | ||||||
|  | # visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the  | ||||||
|  | # number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than  | ||||||
|  | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note  | ||||||
|  | # that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the  | ||||||
|  | # graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable  | ||||||
|  | # from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes  | ||||||
|  | # that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this  | ||||||
|  | # option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large  | ||||||
|  | # code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by  | ||||||
|  | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent  | ||||||
|  | # background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not  | ||||||
|  | # seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,  | ||||||
|  | # enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of  | ||||||
|  | # a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output  | ||||||
|  | # files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This  | ||||||
|  | # makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)  | ||||||
|  | # support this, this feature is disabled by default. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and  | ||||||
|  | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will  | ||||||
|  | # remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate  | ||||||
|  | # the various graphs. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | DOT_CLEANUP            = YES | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | # Configuration::additions related to the search engine    | ||||||
|  | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be  | ||||||
|  | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | SEARCHENGINE           = NO | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1 @@ | |||||||
|  | <AVRStudio><MANAGEMENT><ProjectName>Magstripe</ProjectName><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:19:14</Created><LastEdit>30-Sep-2008 14:19:28</LastEdit><ICON>241</ICON><ProjectType>0</ProjectType><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:19:14</Created><Version>4</Version><Build>4, 14, 0, 589</Build><ProjectTypeName>AVR GCC</ProjectTypeName></MANAGEMENT><CODE_CREATION><ObjectFile></ObjectFile><EntryFile></EntryFile><SaveFolder>C:\Users\Dean\Documents\Electronics\Projects\WORK\MyUSBWORK\Projects\Magstripe\</SaveFolder></CODE_CREATION><DEBUG_TARGET><CURRENT_TARGET></CURRENT_TARGET><CURRENT_PART></CURRENT_PART><BREAKPOINTS></BREAKPOINTS><IO_EXPAND><HIDE>false</HIDE></IO_EXPAND><REGISTERNAMES><Register>R00</Register><Register>R01</Register><Register>R02</Register><Register>R03</Register><Register>R04</Register><Register>R05</Register><Register>R06</Register><Register>R07</Register><Register>R08</Register><Register>R09</Register><Register>R10</Register><Register>R11</Register><Register>R12</Register><Register>R13</Register><Register>R14</Register><Register>R15</Register><Register>R16</Register><Register>R17</Register><Register>R18</Register><Register>R19</Register><Register>R20</Register><Register>R21</Register><Register>R22</Register><Register>R23</Register><Register>R24</Register><Register>R25</Register><Register>R26</Register><Register>R27</Register><Register>R28</Register><Register>R29</Register><Register>R30</Register><Register>R31</Register></REGISTERNAMES><COM>Auto</COM><COMType>0</COMType><WATCHNUM>0</WATCHNUM><WATCHNAMES><Pane0></Pane0><Pane1></Pane1><Pane2></Pane2><Pane3></Pane3></WATCHNAMES><BreakOnTrcaeFull>0</BreakOnTrcaeFull></DEBUG_TARGET><Debugger><Triggers></Triggers></Debugger><AVRGCCPLUGIN><FILES><SOURCEFILE>Descriptors.c</SOURCEFILE><SOURCEFILE>Magstripe.c</SOURCEFILE><HEADERFILE>Descriptors.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>Magstripe.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>MagstripeHW.h</HEADERFILE><OTHERFILE>makefile</OTHERFILE></FILES><CONFIGS><CONFIG><NAME>default</NAME><USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE>YES</USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE><EXTERNALMAKEFILE>makefile</EXTERNALMAKEFILE><PART>atmega128</PART><HEX>1</HEX><LIST>1</LIST><MAP>1</MAP><OUTPUTFILENAME>Magstripe.elf</OUTPUTFILENAME><OUTPUTDIR>default\</OUTPUTDIR><ISDIRTY>1</ISDIRTY><OPTIONS/><INCDIRS/><LIBDIRS/><LIBS/><LINKOBJECTS/><OPTIONSFORALL>-Wall -gdwarf-2 -std=gnu99 -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums</OPTIONSFORALL><LINKEROPTIONS></LINKEROPTIONS><SEGMENTS/></CONFIG></CONFIGS><LASTCONFIG>default</LASTCONFIG><USES_WINAVR>1</USES_WINAVR><GCC_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\bin\avr-gcc.exe</GCC_LOC><MAKE_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\utils\bin\make.exe</MAKE_LOC></AVRGCCPLUGIN><IOView><usergroups/><sort sorted="0" column="0" ordername="0" orderaddress="0" ordergroup="0"/></IOView><Files></Files><Events><Bookmarks></Bookmarks></Events><Trace><Filters></Filters></Trace></AVRStudio> | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,436 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Main source file for the MagStripe application. This file contains the code which drives | ||||||
|  |  *  the USB keyboard interface from the magnetic card stripe reader device. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  |   | ||||||
|  | #include "Magstripe.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Project Tags, for reading out using the ButtLoad project */ | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(ProjName,    "Magstripe Reader"); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(BuildTime,   __TIME__); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(BuildDate,   __DATE__); | ||||||
|  | BUTTLOADTAG(LUFAVersion, "LUFA V" LUFA_VERSION_STRING); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Scheduler Task List */ | ||||||
|  | TASK_LIST | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	{ Task: USB_USBTask          , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP }, | ||||||
|  | 	{ Task: USB_Keyboard_Report  , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP }, | ||||||
|  | 	{ Task: Magstripe_Read       , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP }, | ||||||
|  | }; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /* Global Variables */ | ||||||
|  | /** Indicates if the device is using Report Protocol mode, instead of Boot Protocol mode. Boot Protocol mode
 | ||||||
|  |  *  is a special reporting mode used by compatible PC BIOS to support USB keyboards before a full OS and USB | ||||||
|  |  *  driver has been loaded, by using predefined report structures indicated in the USB HID standard. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | bool UsingReportProtocol = true; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Total idle period in milliseconds set by the host via a SetIdle request, used to silence the report endpoint
 | ||||||
|  |  *  until the report data changes or the idle period elapsed. Generally used to implement hardware key repeats, or | ||||||
|  |  *  by some BIOS to reduce the number of reports when in Boot Protocol mode. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | uint8_t IdleCount = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Milliseconds remaining counter for the HID class SetIdle and GetIdle requests, used to silence the report
 | ||||||
|  |  *  endpoint for an amount of time indicated by the host or until the report changes. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Circular buffer to hold the read bits from track 1 of the inserted magnetic card. */ | ||||||
|  | BitBuffer_t Track1Data; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Circular buffer to hold the read bits from track 2 of the inserted magnetic card. */ | ||||||
|  | BitBuffer_t Track2Data; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Circular buffer to hold the read bits from track 3 of the inserted magnetic card. */ | ||||||
|  | BitBuffer_t Track3Data; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Delay counter between sucessive key strokes. This is to prevent the OS from ignoring multiple keys in a short
 | ||||||
|  |  *  period of time due to key repeats. Two milliseconds works for most OSes. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | uint8_t KeyDelayRemaining; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
 | ||||||
|  |  *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | int main(void) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ | ||||||
|  | 	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); | ||||||
|  | 	wdt_disable(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Disable Clock Division */ | ||||||
|  | 	SetSystemClockPrescaler(0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Hardware Initialization */ | ||||||
|  | 	Magstripe_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Buffer Initialization */ | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_Init(&Track1Data); | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_Init(&Track2Data); | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_Init(&Track3Data); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Millisecond timer initialization, with output compare interrupt enabled for the idle timing */ | ||||||
|  | 	OCR0A  = 0xFA; | ||||||
|  | 	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); | ||||||
|  | 	TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00)); | ||||||
|  | 	TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */ | ||||||
|  | 	USB_Init(); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_Start(); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This starts the USB task. */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Connect) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Start USB management task */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This stops the USB and keyboard report tasks. */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Disconnect) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Stop running keyboard reporting, card reading and USB management tasks */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Report, TASK_STOP); | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(Magstripe_Read, TASK_STOP); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
 | ||||||
|  |  *  to relay reports to the host, and starts the keyboard report task. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_ConfigurationChanged) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Setup Keyboard Keycode Report Endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, | ||||||
|  | 		                       ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, | ||||||
|  | 	                           ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Default to report protocol on connect */ | ||||||
|  | 	UsingReportProtocol = true; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Start Keyboard reporting and card reading tasks */ | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Report, TASK_RUN); | ||||||
|  | 	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(Magstripe_Read, TASK_RUN); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
 | ||||||
|  |  *  control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library, so that they can be handled appropriately | ||||||
|  |  *  for the application. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | EVENT_HANDLER(USB_UnhandledControlPacket) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */ | ||||||
|  | 	switch (bRequest) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_GetReport: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				GetNextReport(&KeyboardReportData); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Ignore report type and ID number value */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Discard_Word(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Ignore unused Interface number value */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Discard_Word(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Read in the number of bytes in the report to send to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				uint16_t wLength = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* If trying to send more bytes than exist to the host, clamp the value at the report size */ | ||||||
|  | 				if (wLength > sizeof(KeyboardReportData)) | ||||||
|  | 				  wLength = sizeof(KeyboardReportData); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, wLength); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_GetProtocol: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send the flag to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_SetProtocol: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the new protocol mode */ | ||||||
|  | 				uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */ | ||||||
|  | 				UsingReportProtocol = (wValue != 0x0000); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send an empty packet to acknowedge the command */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_SetIdle: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the idle period */ | ||||||
|  | 				uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Get idle period in MSB */ | ||||||
|  | 				IdleCount = (wValue >> 8); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send an empty packet to acknowedge the command */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 		case REQ_GetIdle: | ||||||
|  | 			if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) | ||||||
|  | 			{		 | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived(); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Write the current idle duration to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount); | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Send the flag to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearSetupIN(); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			break; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** ISR for the timer 0 compare vector. This ISR fires once each millisecond, and decrements the counter indicating
 | ||||||
|  |  *  the number of milliseconds left to idle (not send the host reports) if the device has been instructed to idle | ||||||
|  |  *  by the host via a SetIdle class specific request. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (IdleMSRemaining) | ||||||
|  | 	  IdleMSRemaining--; | ||||||
|  | 	   | ||||||
|  | 	if (KeyDelayRemaining) | ||||||
|  | 	  KeyDelayRemaining--; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Constructs a keyboard report indicating the currently pressed keyboard keys to the host.
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  \param ReportData  Pointer to a USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t report structure where the resulting report should | ||||||
|  |  *                     be stored | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  \return Boolean true if the current report is different to the previous report, false otherwise | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | bool GetNextReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	static bool OddReport   = false; | ||||||
|  | 	static bool MustRelease = false; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_t* Buffer     = NULL; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Clear the report contents */ | ||||||
|  | 	memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Get the next non-empty track data buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (Track1Data.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 	  Buffer = &Track1Data; | ||||||
|  | 	else if (Track2Data.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 	  Buffer = &Track2Data;			 | ||||||
|  | 	else if (Track3Data.Elements) | ||||||
|  | 	  Buffer = &Track3Data; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	if (Buffer != NULL) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Toggle the odd report number indicator */ | ||||||
|  | 		OddReport   = !OddReport; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Set the flag indicating that a null report must eventually be sent to release all pressed keys */ | ||||||
|  | 		MustRelease = true; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Only send the next key on odd reports, so that they are interpersed with null reports to release keys */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (OddReport) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Set the report key code to the key code for the next data bit */ | ||||||
|  | 			ReportData->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(Buffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0; | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* If buffer is now empty, a new line must be sent instead of the terminating bit */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (!(Buffer->Elements)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Set the keycode to the code for an enter key press */ | ||||||
|  | 				ReportData->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER;				 | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		return true; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	else if (MustRelease) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Leave key code to null (0), to release all pressed keys */ | ||||||
|  | 		return true; | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	return false; | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Task to read out data from inserted magnetic cards and place the seperate track data into their respective
 | ||||||
|  |  *  data buffers for later sending to the host as keyboard key presses. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | TASK(Magstripe_Read) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	/* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the seperate card tracks */ | ||||||
|  | 	const struct | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		BitBuffer_t* Buffer; | ||||||
|  | 		uint8_t      ClockMask; | ||||||
|  | 		uint8_t      DataMask;	 | ||||||
|  | 	} TrackInfo[] = {{&Track1Data, MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA}, | ||||||
|  | 	                 {&Track2Data, MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA}, | ||||||
|  | 	                 {&Track3Data, MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}}; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Previous magnetic card control line' status, for later comparison */ | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Buffered current card reader control line' status */ | ||||||
|  | 	uint8_t Magstripe_LCL  = Magstripe_GetStatus(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Exit the task early if no card is present in the reader */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (!(Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT)) | ||||||
|  | 	  return; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Read out card data while a card is present */ | ||||||
|  | 	while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Read out the next bit for each track of the card */ | ||||||
|  | 		for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < 3; Track++) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Current data line status for the current card track */ | ||||||
|  | 			bool DataLevel    = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Current clock line status for the current card track */ | ||||||
|  | 			bool ClockLevel   = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Current track clock transition check */ | ||||||
|  | 			bool ClockChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Sample the next bit on the falling edge of the track's clock line, store key code into the track's buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (ClockLevel && ClockChanged) | ||||||
|  | 			  BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(TrackInfo[Track].Buffer, DataLevel); | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Retain the current card reader control line states for later edge detection */ | ||||||
|  | 		Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL; | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Retrieve the new card reader control line states */ | ||||||
|  | 		Magstripe_LCL  = Magstripe_GetStatus(); | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Add terminators to the end of each track buffer */ | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&Track1Data, 0); | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&Track2Data, 0); | ||||||
|  | 	BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&Track3Data, 0); | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** Task for the magnetic card reading and keyboard report generation. This task waits until a card is inserted,
 | ||||||
|  |  *  then reads off the card data and sends it to the host as a series of keyboard keypresses via keyboard reports. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | TASK(USB_Keyboard_Report) | ||||||
|  | { | ||||||
|  | 	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData; | ||||||
|  | 	bool                      SendReport = false; | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Check if the USB system is connected to a host */ | ||||||
|  | 	if (USB_IsConnected) | ||||||
|  | 	{ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */ | ||||||
|  | 		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ | ||||||
|  | 		if (Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()) | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			/* Only fetch the next key to send once the period between key presses has elapsed */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (!(KeyDelayRemaining)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 				SendReport = GetNextReport(&KeyboardReportData); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 			 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (IdleCount && !(IdleMSRemaining)) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Idle period elapsed, indicate that a report must be sent */ | ||||||
|  | 				SendReport = true; | ||||||
|  | 				 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Reset the idle time remaining counter, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */ | ||||||
|  | 				IdleMSRemaining = (IdleCount << 2); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			/* Write the keyboard report if a report is to be sent to the host */ | ||||||
|  | 			if (SendReport) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Write Keyboard Report Data */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ | ||||||
|  | 				Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank(); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 				/* Reset the key delay period counter */ | ||||||
|  | 				KeyDelayRemaining = 2; | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 		} | ||||||
|  | 	} | ||||||
|  | } | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,121 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |              LUFA Library | ||||||
|  |      Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. | ||||||
|  |                | ||||||
|  |   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com | ||||||
|  |       www.fourwalledcubicle.com | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Header file for Magstripe.c. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _MAGSTRIPE_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/io.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/wdt.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/interrupt.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <stdbool.h> | ||||||
|  | 		#include <string.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include "Descriptors.h" | ||||||
|  | 		#include "MagstripeHW.h" | ||||||
|  | 		#include "CircularBitBuffer.h" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                    // Library Version Information | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Common/ButtLoadTag.h>         // PROGMEM tags readable by the ButtLoad project | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>            // USB Functionality | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>        // Simple scheduler for task management | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Task Definitions: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Task definition for the keyboard and magnetic card reading task. */ | ||||||
|  | 		TASK(USB_Keyboard_Report); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		TASK(Magstripe_Read); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_GetReport      0x01 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to get the current device idle count. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_GetIdle        0x02 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_SetReport      0x09 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to set the device's idle count. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_SetIdle        0x0A | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_GetProtocol    0x03 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID Class Specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define REQ_SetProtocol    0x0B | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define KEY_1              30 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define KEY_0              39 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */ | ||||||
|  | 		#define KEY_ENTER          40 | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Type Defines: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Type define for the keyboard report structure. This structure matches the report layout
 | ||||||
|  | 		 *  given to the host in the HID Report descriptor, as well as matches the boot protocol report | ||||||
|  | 		 *  structure. This means that this one report structure can be used in both Report and Boot Protocol | ||||||
|  | 		 *  modes. */ | ||||||
|  | 		typedef struct | ||||||
|  | 		{ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t Modifier; /**< Modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys such as CTRL or ALT */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */ | ||||||
|  | 			uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key code array for pressed keys - up to six can be given simultaneously */ | ||||||
|  | 		} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Event Handlers: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Connect event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Connect); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Disconnect event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_ConfigurationChanged event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged); | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event when thrown by the library. */ | ||||||
|  | 		HANDLES_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Function Prototypes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		bool GetNextReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData); | ||||||
|  | 		void SendKey(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReportData, uint8_t Key); | ||||||
|  | 		void Send(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReportData, bool SendReport); | ||||||
|  | 		 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,85 @@ | |||||||
|  | /** \file | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special | ||||||
|  |  *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file. | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  |   | ||||||
|  | /** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project | ||||||
|  |  *  | ||||||
|  |  *  Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card | ||||||
|  |  *  reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed | ||||||
|  |  *  to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/. | ||||||
|  |  *  | ||||||
|  |  *  See http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/ for the USB reader hardware project website, | ||||||
|  |  *  including construction and support details. | ||||||
|  |  *  | ||||||
|  |  *  To use, connect your magentic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted | ||||||
|  |  *  from the project makefile): | ||||||
|  |  *  | ||||||
|  |  *  <table> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>Signal:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 1 Data</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 1 Clock</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 2 Data</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 2 Clock</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 3 Data</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Track 3 Clock</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>Card Detect</td> | ||||||
|  |  *    <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td> | ||||||
|  |  *   </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  </table> | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  | ||||||
|  |  *  This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard demonstration application, | ||||||
|  |  *  written by Denver Gingerich. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected | ||||||
|  |  *  a TTL magnetic stripe reader to the connected computer. The raw bitstream | ||||||
|  |  *  obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through the keyboard | ||||||
|  |  *  driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the demo will send a return key. | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  * <table> | ||||||
|  |  *  <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td>Device</td> | ||||||
|  |  *  </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> | ||||||
|  |  *  </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  <tr>  | ||||||
|  |  *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td>Keyboard</td> | ||||||
|  |  *  </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> | ||||||
|  |  *  </tr> | ||||||
|  |  *  <tr> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td> | ||||||
|  |  *   <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td> | ||||||
|  |  *  </tr> | ||||||
|  |  * </table> | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,100 @@ | |||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) | ||||||
|  |   Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | ||||||
|  |   and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | ||||||
|  |   granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | ||||||
|  |   copies and that both that the copyright notice and this | ||||||
|  |   permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting | ||||||
|  |   documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in | ||||||
|  |   advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | ||||||
|  |   software without specific, written prior permission. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  |   The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this | ||||||
|  |   software, including all implied warranties of merchantability | ||||||
|  |   and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any | ||||||
|  |   special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | ||||||
|  |   whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether | ||||||
|  |   in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, | ||||||
|  |   arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of | ||||||
|  |   this software. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /*
 | ||||||
|  | 	NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros | ||||||
|  | 	prior to including the file: | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (ie. PORTC1) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T1_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (ie. PORTC2) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (ie. PORTC3) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T2_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (ie. PORTC0) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (ie. PORTC5) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_T3_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (ie. PORTC6) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_CLS_PIN        Pin connected to card loaded wire (ie. PORTC4) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_PIN            PIN macro for the reader's port (ie. PINC) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_DDR            DDR macro for the reader's port (ie. DDRC) | ||||||
|  | 	MAG_PORT           PORT macro for the reader's port (ie. PORTC) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is | ||||||
|  | 	connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to | ||||||
|  | 	pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded | ||||||
|  | 	wire is connected to pin 4 on port C. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	If the magstripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks, | ||||||
|  | 	then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a | ||||||
|  | 	pin that is unused.  For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on | ||||||
|  | 	port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are | ||||||
|  | 	not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or | ||||||
|  | 	temperature sensor). | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	Connecting wires to pins on different ports (ie. a data wire to pin 0 | ||||||
|  | 	on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently | ||||||
|  | 	unsupported.  All pins specified above must be on the same port. | ||||||
|  | */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | /** \file
 | ||||||
|  |  * | ||||||
|  |  *  Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K). | ||||||
|  |  */ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_ | ||||||
|  | #define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Includes: */ | ||||||
|  | 		#include <avr/io.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Macros: */ | ||||||
|  | 			/** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */ | ||||||
|  | 			#define MAG_MASK    (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \ | ||||||
|  | 			                     MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \ | ||||||
|  | 			                     MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \ | ||||||
|  | 			                     MAG_CARDPRESENT) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */ | ||||||
|  | 		/* Inline Functions: */ | ||||||
|  | 			/** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader
 | ||||||
|  | 			 *  device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before | ||||||
|  | 			 *  trying to read any of the card reader's status lines. | ||||||
|  | 			 */ | ||||||
|  | 			static inline void Magstripe_Init(void) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				MAG_DDR  &= ~MAG_MASK; | ||||||
|  | 				MAG_PORT |=  MAG_MASK; | ||||||
|  | 			}; | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 			/** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs.
 | ||||||
|  | 			 * | ||||||
|  | 			 *  \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low | ||||||
|  | 			 */ | ||||||
|  | 			static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; | ||||||
|  | 			static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) | ||||||
|  | 			{ | ||||||
|  | 				/* Magstripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */ | ||||||
|  | 				return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK); | ||||||
|  | 			} | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #endif | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,712 @@ | |||||||
|  | # Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | # WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
 | ||||||
|  | #  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Released to the Public Domain
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Additional material for this makefile was written by:
 | ||||||
|  | # Peter Fleury
 | ||||||
|  | # Tim Henigan
 | ||||||
|  | # Colin O'Flynn
 | ||||||
|  | # Reiner Patommel
 | ||||||
|  | # Markus Pfaff
 | ||||||
|  | # Sander Pool
 | ||||||
|  | # Frederik Rouleau
 | ||||||
|  | # Carlos Lamas
 | ||||||
|  | # Dean Camera
 | ||||||
|  | # Opendous Inc.
 | ||||||
|  | # Denver Gingerich
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | # On command line:
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make all = Make software.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make clean = Clean out built project files.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
 | ||||||
|  | #                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
 | ||||||
|  | #            have dfu-programmer installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
 | ||||||
|  | #             have Atmel FLIP installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
 | ||||||
|  | #               (must have dfu-programmer installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
 | ||||||
|  | #                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
 | ||||||
|  | #                DoxyGen installed)
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 
 | ||||||
|  | #              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
 | ||||||
|  | #                   bug reports to the GCC project.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
 | ||||||
|  | #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # MCU name
 | ||||||
|  | MCU = at90usb1287 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target board (see library BoardTypes.h documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
 | ||||||
|  | # LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 
 | ||||||
|  | # "Board" inside the application directory.
 | ||||||
|  | BOARD  = USBKEY | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Processor frequency.
 | ||||||
|  | #     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 
 | ||||||
|  | #     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 
 | ||||||
|  | #     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
 | ||||||
|  | #     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Typical values are:
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  1000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  1843200
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  2000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  3686400
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  4000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  7372800
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU =  8000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 11059200
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 14745600
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 16000000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 18432000
 | ||||||
|  | #         F_CPU = 20000000
 | ||||||
|  | F_CPU = 16000000 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
 | ||||||
|  | FORMAT = ihex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target file name (without extension).
 | ||||||
|  | TARGET = Magstripe | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Object files directory
 | ||||||
|  | #     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
 | ||||||
|  | #     this an empty or blank macro!
 | ||||||
|  | OBJDIR = . | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
 | ||||||
|  | SRC = $(TARGET).c                                          \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  Descriptors.c                                        \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  CircularBitBuffer.c                                  \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \
 | ||||||
|  | 	  ../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c    \
 | ||||||
|  | 	   | ||||||
|  | # List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
 | ||||||
|  | CPPSRC =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List Assembler source files here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s
 | ||||||
|  | #     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
 | ||||||
|  | #     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
 | ||||||
|  | #     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
 | ||||||
|  | #     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
 | ||||||
|  | #     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
 | ||||||
|  | ASRC = | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 
 | ||||||
|  | #     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
 | ||||||
|  | #     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
 | ||||||
|  | OPT = s | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging format.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
 | ||||||
|  | #     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
 | ||||||
|  | #     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG = dwarf-2 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List any extra directories to look for include files here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
 | ||||||
|  | #     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRAINCDIRS = ../../ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
 | ||||||
|  | #     c89   = "ANSI" C
 | ||||||
|  | #     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
 | ||||||
|  | #     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
 | ||||||
|  | #     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
 | ||||||
|  | CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for C sources
 | ||||||
|  | CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T1_CLOCK="(1 << 0)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T1_DATA="(1 << 1)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T2_CLOCK="(1 << 2)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T2_DATA="(1 << 3)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T3_CLOCK="(1 << 4)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_T3_DATA="(1 << 5)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_CARDPRESENT="(1 << 6)" | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_PIN=PINB | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_DDR=DDRB | ||||||
|  | CDEFS += -DMAG_PORT=PORTB | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
 | ||||||
|  | ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
 | ||||||
|  | CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL | ||||||
|  | #CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -g*:          generate debugging information
 | ||||||
|  | #  -O*:          optimization level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wall...:     warning level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -funsigned-char | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -fpack-struct | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -fshort-enums | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wall | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wundef | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
 | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
 | ||||||
|  | #CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
 | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -g*:          generate debugging information
 | ||||||
|  | #  -O*:          optimization level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wall...:     warning level
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
 | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -Wall | ||||||
|  | CFLAGS += -Wundef | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
 | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
 | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | #CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
 | ||||||
|  | #  -adhlns:   create listing
 | ||||||
|  | #  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that
 | ||||||
|  | #             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
 | ||||||
|  | #             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
 | ||||||
|  | #             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
 | ||||||
|  | #  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 
 | ||||||
|  | #       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
 | ||||||
|  | ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Library Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | # Minimalistic printf version
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
 | ||||||
|  | PRINTF_LIB =  | ||||||
|  | #PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
 | ||||||
|  | #PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Minimalistic scanf version
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
 | ||||||
|  | SCANF_LIB =  | ||||||
|  | #SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
 | ||||||
|  | #SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | MATH_LIB = -lm | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
 | ||||||
|  | #     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
 | ||||||
|  | #     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
 | ||||||
|  | EXTRALIBDIRS =  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
 | ||||||
|  | # used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
 | ||||||
|  | #EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
 | ||||||
|  | # only used for heap (malloc()).
 | ||||||
|  | #EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | EXTMEMOPTS = | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Linker Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | #  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.
 | ||||||
|  | #    -Map:      create map file
 | ||||||
|  | #    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file
 | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) | ||||||
|  | LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) | ||||||
|  | #LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 
 | ||||||
|  | # dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | # Type: avrdude -c ?
 | ||||||
|  | # to get a full listing.
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_PORT = usb | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
 | ||||||
|  | # Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
 | ||||||
|  | # see avrdude manual.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
 | ||||||
|  | # performed after programming the device.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug
 | ||||||
|  | # reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 
 | ||||||
|  | # to submit bug reports.
 | ||||||
|  | #AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
 | ||||||
|  | # DEBUG_UI = gdb
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_UI = insight | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice | ||||||
|  | #DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # GDB Init Filename.
 | ||||||
|  | GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # When using avarice settings for the JTAG
 | ||||||
|  | JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_PORT = 4242 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
 | ||||||
|  | #     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 
 | ||||||
|  | #     avarice is running on a different computer.
 | ||||||
|  | DEBUG_HOST = localhost | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | #============================================================================
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define programs and commands.
 | ||||||
|  | SHELL = sh | ||||||
|  | CC = avr-gcc | ||||||
|  | OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy | ||||||
|  | OBJDUMP = avr-objdump | ||||||
|  | SIZE = avr-size | ||||||
|  | AR = avr-ar rcs | ||||||
|  | NM = avr-nm | ||||||
|  | AVRDUDE = avrdude | ||||||
|  | REMOVE = rm -f | ||||||
|  | REMOVEDIR = rm -rf | ||||||
|  | COPY = cp | ||||||
|  | WINSHELL = cmd | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define Messages
 | ||||||
|  | # English
 | ||||||
|  | MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none | ||||||
|  | MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- | ||||||
|  | MSG_END = --------  end  -------- | ||||||
|  | MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:  | ||||||
|  | MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: | ||||||
|  | MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: | ||||||
|  | MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: | ||||||
|  | MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: | ||||||
|  | MSG_LINKING = Linking: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: | ||||||
|  | MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: | ||||||
|  | MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: | ||||||
|  | MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: | ||||||
|  | MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define all object files.
 | ||||||
|  | OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Define all listing files.
 | ||||||
|  | LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
 | ||||||
|  | GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
 | ||||||
|  | # Add target processor to flags.
 | ||||||
|  | ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Default target.
 | ||||||
|  | all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode sizeafter end | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
 | ||||||
|  | build: elf hex eep lss sym | ||||||
|  | #build: lib
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | elf: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | hex: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | eep: $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | lss: $(TARGET).lss | ||||||
|  | sym: $(TARGET).sym | ||||||
|  | LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a | ||||||
|  | lib: $(LIBNAME) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Eye candy.
 | ||||||
|  | # AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
 | ||||||
|  | # the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
 | ||||||
|  | begin: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | end: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_END) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Display size of file.
 | ||||||
|  | HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) | ||||||
|  | FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | sizebefore: | ||||||
|  | 	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
 | ||||||
|  | 	2>/dev/null; echo; fi | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | sizeafter: | ||||||
|  | 	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
 | ||||||
|  | 	2>/dev/null; echo; fi | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | checkhooks: build | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- | ||||||
|  | 	@$(shell) (grep -s '^Event.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
 | ||||||
|  | 	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
 | ||||||
|  | 			   echo "(None)" | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ----- End Unhooked LUFA Events ----- | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | checklibmode: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- | ||||||
|  | 	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
 | ||||||
|  | 	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
 | ||||||
|  | 	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." | ||||||
|  | 	@echo ------------------------------------ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Display compiler version information.
 | ||||||
|  | gccversion :  | ||||||
|  | 	@$(CC) --version | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Program the device.  
 | ||||||
|  | program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | flip: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | dfu: $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program | ||||||
|  | 	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom --debug 1 $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
 | ||||||
|  | #     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 
 | ||||||
|  | #     a breakpoint at main().
 | ||||||
|  | gdb-config:  | ||||||
|  | 	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | endif | ||||||
|  | 	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
 | ||||||
|  | 	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | else | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
 | ||||||
|  | 	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) | ||||||
|  | endif | ||||||
|  | 	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 | ||||||
|  | COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | coff: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | extcoff: $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.hex: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | %.eep: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
 | ||||||
|  | 	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.lss: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
 | ||||||
|  | %.sym: %.elf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(NM) -n $< > $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create library from object files.
 | ||||||
|  | .SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a | ||||||
|  | .PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | %.a: $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Link: create ELF output file from object files.
 | ||||||
|  | .SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | .PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | %.elf: $(OBJ) | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create object files from C source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
 | ||||||
|  | %.s : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
 | ||||||
|  | %.s : %.cpp | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
 | ||||||
|  | $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S | ||||||
|  | 	@echo | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
 | ||||||
|  | %.i : %.c | ||||||
|  | 	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@  | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Target: clean project.
 | ||||||
|  | clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_binary: | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_list: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) | ||||||
|  | 	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | doxygen: | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Generating Project Documentation... | ||||||
|  | 	@doxygen Doxygen.conf | ||||||
|  | 	@echo Documentation Generation Complete. | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | clean_doxygen: | ||||||
|  | 	rm -rf Documentation | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Create object files directory
 | ||||||
|  | $(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Include the dependency files.
 | ||||||
|  | -include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Listing of phony targets.
 | ||||||
|  | .PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode begin  \ | ||||||
|  | finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \ | ||||||
|  | build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff      \ | ||||||
|  | clean clean_list clean_binary program debug \ | ||||||
|  | gdb-config doxygen dfu flip | ||||||
| @ -0,0 +1,25 @@ | |||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | #             LUFA Library
 | ||||||
|  | #     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
 | ||||||
|  | #              
 | ||||||
|  | #  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
 | ||||||
|  | #      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
 | ||||||
|  | #
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Makefile to build all the LUFA Projects. Call with "make all" to
 | ||||||
|  | # rebuild all projects.
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | # Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
 | ||||||
|  | # custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
 | ||||||
|  | # code.
 | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | all: | ||||||
|  | 	make -C Magstripe clean | ||||||
|  | 	make -C Magstripe all | ||||||
|  | 	 | ||||||
|  | 	make -C AVRISP_Programmer clean | ||||||
|  | 	make -C AVRISP_Programmer all | ||||||
|  | 
 | ||||||
|  | %: | ||||||
|  | 	make -C Magstripe $@ | ||||||
|  | 	make -C AVRISP_Programmer $@ | ||||||
					Loading…
					
					
				
		Reference in new issue
	
	 Dean Camera
						Dean Camera